PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability Important Questions and Answers.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. In 2021, the number of elders in India will be
(a) 140 million
(b) 150 million
(c) 160 million
(d) 170 million
Answer:
(a) 140 million

2. In 2001, how many elders were there in India?
(a) 80 million
(b) 77 million
(c) 83 million
(d) 86 million
Answer:
(b) 77 million

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability

3. In the Indian Census Survey, who is considered as an elder?
(a) 58 years
(b) 65 years
(c) 60 years
(d) 63 years
Answer:
(c) 60 years

4. Which of these is the sign of old age?
(a) Tooth decay
(b) Baldness
(c) Grey hair
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these

5. Which science studies the process of old age?
(a) Gerontology
(b) Dermitology
(c) Physiology
(d) Botany
Answer:
(a) Gerontology

6. Which of these problems is faced by the old age people?
(a) Economic insecurity
(b) Deteriorating health
(c) Change in Roles
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these

Fill in the Blanks:

1. ………………. is a natural stage of human life which is bound to come.
Answer:
Old age

2. In 1947, around ……………… crore people were elders.
Answer:
1.9

3. According to United Nations, the world population till 2050 will be ……………….
Answer:
910 crore

4. Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act was passed in ………………. A.D.
Answer:
2007

5. According to 6th All India Educational Survey, around …………………. crore children need special education.
Answer:
two

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability

True/False:

1. The age of retirement in India is 70 years.
Answer:
True

2. The colour of elders changes into black.
Answer:
False

3. There is tooth decay in old age.
Answer:
True

4. There is a provision of reservation in government jobs for disable persons.
Answer:
True

5. Old age people are given a pension of? 5000 per month.
Answer:
False

One Word/One Line Questions Answers:

Question 1.
What is the population of the world?
Answer:
The world’s population is 650 crores.

Question 2.
According to United Nations, in 2050, what would be world’s population?
Answer:
It will be 910 crores in 2050.

Question 3.
In 2021, what would be the population of old age people?
Answer:
It will be around 121 million.

Question 4.
Who is considered as an elder in India?
Answer:
One who is having age of 60 years or more.

Question 5.
Give few signs of old age.
Answer:
Tooth decay, baldness, grey hair, hearing and viewing problems etc.

Question 6.
What do we call to the study of the process of ageing?
Answer:
We call it Gerontology.

Question 7.
What was the major issue in Hindi movie Piku?
Answer:
Major issue in Piku was the mutual relation between an aged father and his daughter in which father was completely dependent on his daughter.

Question 8.
What is the impact of ageing on health?
Answer:
With ageing, body becomes physically and mentally weak.

Question 9.
When was ‘The Rehabilitation Council Act’ passed?
Answer:
It was passed in 1992.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability

Very Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What is meant by Gerontology?
Answer:
Gerontology is a type of science which studies the process of ageing and studies the problems faced by the old age people. Gerontologist studies age, increasing age and the process of ageing.

Question 2.
Activity theory of ageing.
Answer:
Activity theory of ageing says that to remairi happy in old age, one must remain active. This theory says that is the existing roles and rules stops functioning, they must be replaced because with the decline in activity level, the level of satisfaction will also come down.

Question 3.
Problems of old age.
Answer:

  • In old age, one becomes physically and psychologically weak.
  • Economically he depends upon children and becomes economically insecure.
  • Old people are not ready to adapt the changing conditions of life.

Question 4.
Old age homes.
Answer:
Many people are unable to maintain balance with their parents and throw them out of their homes. For such elders, government has made old age homes so that they can in peace in the last stage of their life. Here, every type of care is taken about their needs.

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Causes of Problem of Aged.
Answer:

  • The importance and respect of the elders have been decreased due to the decreasing effect of the caste system and that’s why they have to face many types of problems.
  • Due to the development of technology, the importance of the art of elders has been decreased because of which they have to face many types of problems.
  • People are leaving their houses and villages and are moving towards cities due to the spread of education and the problems of elders start from here.
  • People use the whole of their savings to give a better future to their children because of which they have to face many economic problems.

Question 2.
Status of Aged in Ancient times.
Answer:
Status of the aged in ancient India was very good. Patriarchal and joint families were there because of which control of the family was in the hands of elders. Wealth and property of the family was under their control. They had complete knowledge related to art and occupation. They were getting full respect in the family. They used to take all the decisions of the family and no one was going against their wishes. In this way the status of the elders was very good.

Question 3.
Problems which come in old age.
Answer:

  • In old age people suffer from diseases like blood pressure, sugar, heart problem etc.
  • People spend whole of their saving in giving a better future to their children because of which they have to face many economic problems in old age.
  • If elders are dependent upon their children then they have to obey their children because of which many times they are disrespected by their children.

Question 4.
Problem of aged related to health.
Answer:
Persons work for the whole life with great heart. When he becomes old his body hardly responds. He suffers from many diseases like sugar, blood pressure. He is unable to do anything. In this way health related problems are very important for elders.

Question 5.
Old age Homes.
Answer:
If the children of an aged person throw him out of the house he is left with no option except to live in old age homes. In this way old age homes are those houses where those elders are living who are unable to live with their family members. Elders are properly cared in these homes. They are given complete security and shelter ‘in these homes. In this way those aged who are unable to live with their children, they have to live in old age homes. Many old age homes are running in big cities.

Question 6.
Generation Gap.
Answer:
The difference between ideals, rules, ways of behaviour etc. of persons of two generations is known as the generation gap. Actually the old generation expects from the young generation that they must live their lives according to them. But young generation is having its own rules, ideals, ways of behaviour etc. and they never let any one to interfere in their lives. This leads to conflict between the both generations which is known as the generation gap.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What do you know about the Problems of the Aged?
Answer:
If we look at the Indian population before Indian independence then we will come to know that the rate of life expectancy before independence was around 31 years. It means that person who is born in India lives around 31 years of average. But after independence and after the opening up of health facilities like hospitals, dispensaries etc. the average life expectancy has been increased and has reached to the age of 62 years. It means that within 50 years the life expectancy in India has doubled. Many changes have come in the life of the people after the start of 20th century. First and the most important change which has come is that the average life of the person has been increased. Generally it has been said that the person whose age is more then 60 years or who has been retired from his job has become an aged person or old person. The number of aged persons have also increased with the increase in average age.

This increasing numbers of aged is becoming a challenge for the country. In earlier times every member of the family was coming to the end. It hardly matters that whether he was a child or an aged. If any person was becoming an aged then he was completely taken care by the family. But now people hardly take care of the aged due to the changes which came in the institution of the family, westernization and modernization. They are either not cared by their children or they are sent to old aged homes by their children. This is the biggest problem of the aged.

Generally it has been believed that the problems of a person increases with his increase in age. Rosow says that yet aged people have many problems but one can take them in health, social and financial problems. Person’s utility, in modern age, can be seen on the basis of economic basis and aged people are not considered as useful. Situation of the aged further deteriorates due to technical progress and social change. Problems of the aged has been increased to a great extent due to the increasing number of people of the’ age of 60 years in last few decades. These days aged people have to face many types of social, economic and psychological problems. Even aged people of rural and urban areas have to face the problem of spending their leisure time.

After looking at this we should treat the aged people like humans and should be kept one thing in mind that these people also have their needs and wishes That’s why we should look at their needs from their point of view so that we should be able to understand them and should fulfil their needs.

Historical Perspective:

If we look at the status of the aged people in ancient Indian Society then their position was very good. People in ancient societies were living in the groups of hunters and food gatherers. Aged people were specialized in doing every type of activity. They were considered as very important. Aged, people in ancient societies were given very much importance. Status of the aged people was very powerful in social, religious and political sphere. One scholar has analysed many ancient societies and said that the behaviour, traditions and customs were running according to aged people in ancient societies which was very particular from cultural point of view.

Aged people in ancient Hebru society were considered as the gift of the God. Importance of the aged people in pre industrial societies was considered till that time until they would be able to contribute towards society. Every type of power of society was in their hands and they were given enough security in the society. When they were unable to contribute towards society then they used to retire from their duties. Control of the family was then generally given to the elder son of the family. Because they were elders and had done a lot for the society and family, that’s why they were given enough security from the family. They were the main sources of cultural knowledge.

In Rome, aged people were seen from negative point of view. Due to their more age they were considered as wicked. But some of them were made guardians of small hildren of rich families. Their work was to take the children to school and to bring lem back safely. But elder people in Rome’s history were seen in the negative form.

Question 2.
Explain the status of aged in India.
Answer:
Status of the aged people in ancient Indian society was very good. Aged person was the head of the family and family and property were both in his complete control. He was given the great respect in society and his status was higher than all. At that time it was said that experience of person increases with the increase in age and they give this experience to their next generation. With the passage of time Arya people came to India and they divided the Indian society in four Varnas. Age of the person was considered as 100 years and it was divided in the four ashramas of 25-25 years.

These 4 ashramas were given the names of Brahmacharya, Grihastha, Vaan Prastha and Sanyasa ashrama’s. Person was getting education in first ashram and he was establishing his house after marriage in second ashrama. He had to pay the three debts of life i.e. Dena Rina, Pitri Rina and Rishi Rina. During this time, it was expected from young generation that they should take care of elder people in grihastha ashram. Aged persons were given the security through this ashrama system and all the functions of family and society were being done by aged people.

Persons in the age group of 50 years used to move towards forests in vaan prastha ashram by giving everything in the hands of their children. But many a times they used to come back to their homed to give advice on any matter to their children. That’s why they were given enough respect in the society. With the passage of time, this system was changed but the status of aged people remained as it is Actual change in the status of women came after the advent of the Britishers.

The Britishers started to win over India and with this they started to bring social change in India. They adapted a new judicial and educational system with whirl changes came in ancient relations. Young generation started to live away from their elders due to new educational institutions and industries. People started to move from rural areas to urban areas with which a danger came on the existence of ancient and joint families. When people started to move towards urban areas then they started to live in nuclear families because of which they were unable to take care of elder people. New social structure, values, social and political system and new social processes started to come forward. All these have brought some changes in socio¬economic system of society which are given below:

  • In earlier times production was being done at home but now production is being done in factories because of which now family is no more remains as a centre of economic production.
  • People started to move from rural areas to urban areas in the search of employment especially the people of young age.
  • When people started to move away from rural areas to urban areas then join! families were disintegrated and nuclear families came into being.
  • Very big organizations and new occupations came into being in cities with this the importance of art of occupation, given by elders, was reduced. Importance of knowledge of elders was reduced due to the advancement of new type of knowledge of different occupations.
  • Due to industries, work started to be done on machines. With this one danger started to occur for person and that danger was to be retire from the job. Now the role of the elders remain without any role.
  • Facilities of health were increased due to industrialization and new invention with which death rate was reduced very quickly. Average age was increased very quickly and the number of elder people in total population were increased.

At this moment new problem were started for elders like old age, problem of retirement, problem of health, problem of loneliness. When young generation had left their villages then in the start they were sending money to their villages and even going back to the villages to meet them. But slowly and slowly this was also reduced and the problems of the aged were further increased. Even elders were called as a problem. Loneliness, inability, economic dependence are these problems which are seen as the problems of elders in society.

In 1931 or before independence the average age in India was 31 years but after independence most of the evil diseases or serious diseases were kept under control. Average age in 2011 was increase up to 66 year due to health facilities. In this way number of elders were increased due to increase in age and their problems were also increased due to this. Views of the people were also changed due to industrialization, westernization and modernization because of which the rude behaviour towards elders was also increased. Attack towards elders is also included in rude behaviour.

Giving sanction to the problem of rude behaviour towards elders and to find misbehaviour is not an easy work. If any elder is not doing anything then he generally lives in the house. They depend upon their family. Here one thing is important that elders never like to talk to anyone about rude behaviour towards them. If any one comes to know about this even then they never accept this thing. They think that their own children are misbehaving them it hardly matters. Many elders are afraid of the fact that if they would be left by their children with then what would happen lo them, he will remain alone. That’s why they don’t like to talk with any one about the rude behaviour of their children. Elders never like to live in any old age home. They like to live with their children because they don’t have any other option without this.

Quantity of Misbehaviour. If we will do research on the rude behaviour over the elders then the very wrong results will come in front of us because we will not be able to get the required data. It’s reason is that the aged people will not talk with anyone regarding this. According to one research 4 out of 100 aged persons are misbehaved and out of 100, 3 have to face physical violence. Not only this females are more misbehaved as compared to males. Here one thing should be kept in mind that boys misbehave more with their parent as compared to girls even they have to face violence also. Girls are doing less violence with their parents. This problem is going on all over the place. Yet any research on national level has not taken place but some researchers have tried to do so but all of them are unable to tell us that how much serious this problem is? But on the basis of newspapers and reports we caii say that this problem is very serious.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class Sociology Book Solutions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 Sociology Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability

Sociology Guide for Class 12 PSEB Social Issues: Old Age and Disability Textbook Questions and Answers

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. The imposing of power by young on elderly of the family creates:
(a) Love
(b) Tension
(c) Stress
(d) Conflict
Answer:
(b) Tension

2. What does the shift in family structure makes elders feel?
(a) Neglected
(b) Poor
(c) Angry
(d) Weak
Answer:
(d) Weak

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability

3. By which act does the maintenance and welfare of parents and senior citizens take place?
(a) Senior Citizen’s Act 2009
(b) Senior Citizen’s Act 2008
(c) Senior Citizen’s Act 2007
(d) Senior Citizen’s Act 2006
Answer:
(c) Senior Citizen’s Act 2007

4. What is the other name for Continuity theory?
(a) Undeveloped theory
(b) Developing theory
(c) Development theory
(d) Non continuity theory
Answer:
(c) Development theory

5. The term ……………. carries with it the connotation of a deficiency mental, physical or sensory.
(a) Blindness
(b) Mental retardation
(c) Disability
(d) Cerebral palsy
Answer:
(c) Disability

6. Children with physical disability whose non-sensory physical limitations or health problems interfere with school attendance or leaving have:
(a) Orthopaedic disability
(b) Cerebral palsy
(c) ADHD
(d) Learning disability
Answer:
(d) Learning disability

7. Embracing which model do the disabled individuals assert a positive identity not only in being disabled but also in being impaired?
(a) Social model
(b) Affirmative model
(c) Politics of disablement model
(d) Structural model
Answer:
(a) Social model

8. The rights of people with disabilities are best promoted by:
(а) Family and friends
(b) Formulating various policies
(c) People with disabilities themselves
(d) Social and government construction
Answer:
(a) Family and friends

Fill in the Blanks:

1. The study of social and sociological aspects of aging is called ………………..
Answer:
Social gerontology

2. Arthritis, high blood pressure, diabetes, heart disease etc. are age related ……………….. diseases.
Answer:
Chronic

3. One of the most challenging phenomenon worldwide in 21st century is ……………….. population.
Answer:
Aging

4. The new housing system for the elderly is known as ……………….
Answer:
Old age homes

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability

5. The ……………… department can take an active role in preparing employees to face retirement and old age issues.
Answer:
Social justice and welfare

6. ………………. is a condition where a person suffers from total blindness or visual acuity not including 6/60 or 20/200 vision.
Answer:
Visual disability

7. The first policy statement in which recognised the rights of people with various impairment is equal opportunities is ……………….
Answer:
The Rehabilitation Council Act

True/False:

1. The Parents’ Maintenance Act was passed in Himachal Pradesh.
Answer:
True

2. The inequality between the young and old in society is explained in the Modernization theory.
Answer:
False

3. Old age people do not have any role problems.
Answer:
False

4. The old age people experience financial insecurity at this age.
Answer:
True

5. Old age people are not considered much productive due to age factor.
Answer:
True

6. The people with Disabilities Act 1995 recognises the need to replace emphasis on medical rehabilitation with emphasis on social rehabilitation.
Answer:
True

Match The Columns:

Column A Column B
Withdrawl from society Activity Theory
Change in socioeconomic status Social Problems
Elders should be more active Disengagement theory
Field of study that aims to study Economic Insecurity
the process of ageing Unable to sustain themselves Gerontology

Answer:

Column A Column B
Withdrawl from society Disengagement theory
Change in socioeconomic status Economic Insecurity
Elders should be more active Activity Theory
Field of study that aims to study Gerontology
the process of ageing Unable to sustain themselves Social Problems

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability

Very Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
According to United Nation, what is the cut off age for older population?
Answer:
This age is 60 + years.

Question 2.
How much would India’s elderly population go upto by 2020?
Answer:
140 million.

Question 3.
On which day is the UN International day for older persons celebrated?
Answer:
1st October.

Question 4.
Which are the five stages of a person’s life?
Answer:
Infancy, Childhood, adolesence, adulthood and old age.

Question 5.
What is the age of retirement in India?
Answer:
60 years.

Question 6.
What do you understand by the term disability?
Answer:
Disability is the consequence of impairment in terms of functional performance and activity.

Question 7.
Distinguish between handicap and impairment.
Answer:
Handicap means deficiency of any physical organ and impairment means loss of psychological, physical or anatomical structure.

Question 8.
What is inclusion?
Answer:
The meaning of inclusion is including any disable person in any work.

Question 9.
What is learning disability?
Answer:
When any person is unable to learn anything, it is called learning disability.

Question 10.
Define social model in your own works.
Answer:
The meaning of social model is that unequal relation in society in which disable persons are not given any importance.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What are the physical signs which mark an individual as old?
Answer:
There are few physical signs which mark an individual as old. Some of these signs are tooth decay, grey hair, hunched back, hearing loss, slow pace of walk, vision impairment etc.

Question 2.
What are the causes of loneliness and depression found among the old age people in society?
Answer:
When the children of old age people go for job or to cities for work, they remain alone at home. With time, authority of family goes in the hands of young one’s. Nothing remained in the hands of old age people because of which they becomes the victim of laneliness and depression.

Question 3.
How inclusion is different from integration?
Answer:
In Inclusion, disable persons are included in any work due to any pressure but in Integration, they are made the part of any work and they become a necessary part of that work.

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
How does the Government help in the rehabilitation of the old age population?
Answer:
After independence, the Indian government started doing a lot for the welfare of old age population. In 1999, United nations decided to celebrate the same year as the International year for the aged population. After this on 13 January 1999, the Indian government made a national policy for them so that they can get benefits from this. In 2007, ‘Maintenance and welfare of parents and Senior Citizens Act’ gave legal status to the rights of aged people. Along with these, many other programmes were initiated from them such as old age security, old age pension, construction of old age homes, expansion of old age services, to make housing policy for old age etc.

Question 2.
Highlight the housing and health related problems faced by the old age people in our society.
Answer:

  • Housing problems: The aged people have to face housing problems. Out of total old age people, most of them are widows and females, and they lack proper house to live in. There is a common complaint that they feel lonely at home or family members force them to live alone.
  • Health problems: In this age, the immunity power of the body declines considerably. People become weak from physical and psychological points of view. They suffer from many diseases such as no digestion, tooth decay, high blood pressure, sugar etc.

Question 3.
What do you understand by ‘social security benefits’?
Answer:
In the changing situations of the present society, economic dependency on children is quite a difficult task. That’s why the importance of social security benefits given by government has increased. It means that the government gives some help in old age. But in our country, India, old age people are given very less social security. 90% of the total old age people work in unorganise sector and they do not get pension or any other benefits. Government gives some help to poor old age people such as

  • National old age pension which is ₹ 75 per month but is given only to those whose age is 65 years and above.
  • Many state governments have made schemes in which ₹ 60-250 per month are given. This is given only to those whose age is 65 years and above and those who live below the poverty line.
  • Widows are given ₹ 150 per month.

Question 4.
Write about the disability discourse in India in your own words.
Answer:
In almost whole of the world, more than 100 crore people are living with one or the other disability. We might have seen many people around us who are disable and face many problems in living an easy life. Disable persons face many crunches in life such as education, employment and other benefits. Along with this, a social curse is attached with it which is an obstacle in the way of their normal economic and social life. Out of 100 crore disable persons in whole of the world, three crore in India are facing any type of disability. These people are either hated or mercy is shown to them. They cannot use all the basis facilities of life and that’s why lack many things in life. Around 2% of the total Indian population is living with any type of disability.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability

Question 5.
Disability need not to be an obstacle to success. Discuss.
Answer:
There is no denying the fact that if any individual wish to achieve any thing, no obstacle can stop him. This thing is correctly applicable even on disable persons. In any disable person wish to achieve anything, he can achieve that. We have many examples who achieved success even if they were disable. In Special Olympics, such people take part and make their country proud.

Very Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Write a detailed note on the theories of ageing.
Or
Explain Activity and Modernisation theory of Ageing.
Or
Discuss modernisation and activity theory of Ageing.
Answer:
There are many theories of ageing which are given below:

1. The Disengagement Theory: According to this theory, old age is such condition in which society and an individual start to move away or disengage from each other. Authority of family moves out of the hands of aged people and goes in the hands of young one’s with which society works efficiently. So, according to this theory, when an individual becomes old, his physical efficiency does not allow him to do more work and he starts to move away from society. That’s -why, every thing goes in the hands of young one’s.

2. The Activity Theory: Activity theory says that, to remain happy in old age, it is necessary for an old man to continue with his work. This theory says that if existing relations are no more, they must be replaced. Change in roles and relations is necessary because with the decline in human ability to do work, decline also comes in his level of satisfaction.

3. The Continuity Theory: Continuity theory also known as development theory. This theory says that the old people try to maintain and preserve internal and external structures by using methods which maintain continuity. This theory has great capability for explaining how people adopt to their own ageing.

4. Modernisation Theory: This theory says that elder persons typically fail to change to satisfy the rules of the modernisation process such as material economy, technological maturity, achievement orientation etc.

5. The Age Stratification Theory: This theory tells us which inequalities exist in any society among young one’s and old persons. This theory also says that the relative inequality of the aged at any given time and in any cultural situation depends upon two types material experiences. First one is those life experiences with which physical and psychological changes come in them and the second is their historical experiences that with which group he is related.

Question 2.
Explain the various problems faced by old age people in society.
Or
Write a detailed note on the problems of the aged.
Answer:
Elders not have to face one or two problems but have to face many problems which are given below:
1. Problems due to Technological Development. Elders were very much respected in ancient times because it was believed that elders have the knowledge of any art. People need those elders to get knowledge of that art. But it is not so in today’s age. Now elders are unable to get that respect due to technological development because any type of knowledge can be saved with the help of technology. That’s why the respect of the aged, which they were getting in earlier times, has been reduced. Now there is no importance of aged for the society. They are considered as useless and misbehaved because of which problems occurred for them.

2. Problem due to decreasing effect of caste system. Many types of laws were made after independence because of which the importance of caste system was reduced to a great extent. Occupation of person, in ancient times, was determined according to his caste, person has to adopt the occupation of that caste in which he is born. He was not allowed to change his occupation even if he had the ability. Elder people of the caste were used to give some secrets of the occupations to the younger members of the family. But after independence, the importance of caste system was reduced because of which now person can adopt anx occupation with his ability. In this way the importance of the secrets given by elders was reduced and their need remains no more. They were considered as useless and their problems were started.

3. Problems due to Spread of Education. Yet the spread of education is good for society but many a times it brings problems for the elders. People of villages send their children to cities to get better education. After getting education they get job in cities. They start to live in cities and even marries over there. In the start they regularly go back to villages and even send money to their parents. But due to increasing business they stop going back to villages and even stop sending money to their parents. Parents has no option except living quitely. From here economic problem starts for them.

4. Problem of Economic Dependency. Generally it has been seen that dependence of money also becomes a reason of problem in old age. If father has died and mother has no source of income then she becomes helpless and becomes dependent upon children. She is left with no option except depending on children to run their daily expenditure. She becomes helpless. In this way dependence upon children also becomes a reason of problem in old age.

5. Spending whole Income on Children. It is very difficult to save money in today’s age of inflation. A middle class family has to do a lot of expenditure. Lot of money is required to meet expenditure of house and expenditure of education of children etc. Every person wants to give better education to his children. Better education is very expensive these days. They spend whole of their income and saving on children to give them good education so that they could be given a good future.That’s why nothing is left with them for old age. Children get good education and good job and even make their own house after marriage. Parents enter in an old age but economic problems surround them. In this way they have to face economic problems.

6. Problems related to Health. Person works with great heart for his whole life. When he becomes old then his body stops responding to them. They surrounds by many diseases like sugar, blood pressure, heart problem etc. They have to take the help of medicines to control these diseases. Their body hardly responds to them. They are unable to do anything. In this way health related problems are very important problems.

7. Problems due to Industrialization. Problems of many aged persons were started after the advent of industries. People are going to cities from villages in search of work. They have to go to cities to save themselves from unemployment and economic problems. They hesitate to take elders to the cities. In this way elders have to live alone in the villages. If there is no economic problem then its fine unless elders hardly get and economic and social help. They struggle themselve to lives because their children do not take their elder’s responsibilities.

8. Another problem is related to the sex of the aged means whether the aged person is male or female. If the aged person is male then he will have to face less problem. But if it is female then there are more chances of misbehaviour with her. She had to do every type of work of the family. She has to take care of the house when her daughter in law goes out for job and has to take care of children. In this way she has to face many problems. After the death of her husband, her economic and social security comes to an end. Widow has to depend upon others and has to live in a pitty condition.

9. It has also been seen that boys create more problems for their elders as compared to girls. Girls give more help to their elder parents. Unmarried children are even more irresponsible. Boys hardly care about their parents because of which daughter in law also stop to do so and elders have to do every type of work themselyes.

10. Quarrel between mother in law and daughter in law also becomes a reason of problem of the aged. Elders depend upon their children. Its reason is that they are wasting their money by spending it on their elders. When situation goes out of control then elders are left with no option except finding other place to live. In some cases some boys send their elders to old age homes. Except this if parents were working in an unorganized sector they are hardly left with any saving for their old age. Their health deteriorates in the old age and have to face many types of problems in the absence of money.

11. Aged people were given a very important place in family and society in traditional Indian Society. Any important decision of the family has been taking according to the wish of the person. But due to the reducing effect of joint family system and with the advent of modern industrial society, many important changes came in social structure. Economic factor was given more importance according to new conditions and the social status of the person now depends upon the socio¬economic condition of the person. That’s why lot of changes have come in the conditions of the aged because they lack money. Their position is changed from earlier conditions. They have to face disrespect and that’s why they have to face psychological tension. Even their children hardly give respect to them.

12. Problem of Leisure Time. Person has to face another problem in the aged condition and that is the problem of spending leisure time. Aged persons have a lot of time and they don’t know what to do with their leisure time. People are working for 8-12 hours in a day in cities and in villages they are working more than that. But after retirement, it becomes very difficult to spend their leisure time. They hardly know that what to do with their leisure time. In this way it has been seen that young generation is leaving their elders in the changed circumstances and in changed values. They are running away from their responsibility of being a child. On the other side parents are spending whole of their income and saving in the upbringing of their children because of which they become useless in their old age.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability

Question 3.
How can the problems of old age people be solved?
Answer:
In the present age, almost all the countries have started using social, legal and reformative methods to solve the problems of old age people. Some of the methods are given below:

1. Old Age Homes: Few elders are unable to maintain balance with their families and were left alone by them. They even do not keep any relations with their elders. Sometimes, such elders become the victims of tension. For such elders, many countries have started opening old age homes to give them physical, medical and economic security.

2. Welfare Programmes: Almost in all the countries, many welfare programmes for elders have been started such as old age pension, accidental facilities, free medical help etc. To provide the economic security many legal and welfare programmes were started such as provident fund, gratuity, life insurance etc.

3. Jobs: To take care of elders, many methods have been adopted but it is necessary to keep them busy even after their retirement. That’s why few easy jobs have been created for them to take advantage of their experienca

4. Stronger Family Care System: Society must take some steps to have a stronger family care system which could care about elders because one is emotionally attached with his family. There must be a system in which family itself should take care of its elders. In family, members of atleast three generations live together and their relation must be so strong that they must not leave their elders. Traditional values must be so strong that elders must not be left alone.

5. Effective Laws: Different governments have made many laws for the security of elders but there is a need to strictly implement them. There must be a provision that if any one will leave its elder alone, their property will be confiscated and will sent behind bars. Due to this fear, people will not disrespect their elders.

6. Better Medical Facilities: Our present medical facilities are not capable enough to meet the needs of old age people. That’s why we must develop our medical facilities so that the elders can live a happy life.

Question 4.
Write a note on types of disabilities.
Or
Highlight types of disabilities.
Or
Describe Hearing and Mental disability as type of disability.
Answer:
There are many types of disabilities and some of the important one are given below:

1. Locomotor Disability: According to the PWD Act, locomotor disability is the disability of bones, joints or muscles. It leads to the substantial restrictions of the movement of limbs. It also includes cerebral palsy.

2. Visual Disability: Visual disability or low vision can be divided into two parts and these are the blind and the partially sighted. The PWD Act says that the vision of an individual becomes so weak that he is unable to see anything without any external help i.e. spectacle. He is unable to do anything without its help.

3. Hearing Disability: Those individuals who can not hear anything beyond a fixed level come under this category. They need to take help of a machine to hear anything.

4. Mental Disability: This disabilities starts before the age of 18 years and creates hurdle in the normal functioning. His brain cannot work normally. He cannot think properly, brain works in a limit and cannot speak read and write properly. Such disability is known as mental disability.

5. Speech Disability: Those individuals who cannot speak, can speak few limited words or have lost their voice, come under the category of speech disabilities.

Question 5.
What are th’e problems encountered by the people with special needs?
Or
Highlight two problems encountered by differently abled people.
Answer:
1. Social oppression: People with special needs are oppressed in society. They are either hated or are shown mercy by the people. No one gives them a hand full of love. It is so because people feel that they are not normal like them and have some sort of disability. Due to this thinking of common people, such people feel neglected.

2. Inequality: While living in society, they encounter inequality as well. They are behave in an unequal way. They cannot enjoy all the facilities which a common man enjoy. They are discriminated everywhere and on most of the occasions, they are not included. That’s why, they become the victims of tension.

3. Health Related problems: People with special needs are those who are the victims of any type of disability. They cannot hear or cannot see or cannot understand or cannot move freely. In this way they need to take help of anyone to do any work. It is quite difficult for them to do any work of their own.

4. Poverty: Those who are physical disable get very few chances to earn money. Due to their physical inability, they are unable to fully use their ability and that’s why, they always have the problem of money. So, they remain poor.

5. Segregation: Disable people face the problem of segregation. More physical disability leads to more feeling of segregation. Their own behaviour increases the feeling of segregation. Sometimes situation goes out of control and their disability becomes an obstacle in the way of their participation in any work.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 12 Social Issues: Old Age and Disability

Question 6.
In what way legislation can play an important role in empowering the people with special needs?
Or
In what way legislation has played an important role in empowering the people with special ability.
Answer:
There is no denying the fact that legislation can play a very important role in empowering the people with special needs. Actually, along with love and sympathy of society, few legal constraints are required so that the people with special needs can live a happy and prosperous life. It can happen only if the government must makes laws for this.

During last few decades, to include them in the mainstream of our country, few anti discrimination laws were made, equal chances were provided and many programmes were made. But this is possible if few people will collectively work in this field. That’s why in 1986, The Rehabilitation council of India was organised. It is an autonomous organisation which gives training to the people who work for the rehabilitation of people with special needs. It was given the legal status under ‘The Rehabilitation Council Act, 1992 with which this organisation was empowered to give training. According to this law, the work of training will be checked from time to time and it will be provided help with new inventions.

Many laws were passed for them such as:

  • Persons with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights and Full Participation) Act, 1995.
  • National Trust for the welfare of persons with Autism, Cerebral Palsy, Mental Retardation and Multiple Disability Act, 1999.
  • Rehabilitation Council of India Act, 1992.

Major objectives of these acts was to provide equality to the people who live with any type of disability. These laws help us to provide facilities to such people who are disable and have no family support. These laws help those organisations or non-government organisations who are engaged in rehabilitation of these people. Few seats in government jobs are kept reserved for them to give them a happy life.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 Political Science Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write a note on U.N.
Answer:
There breathes nobody in this world who is not acquainted with the name of the United Nations. After long debates and discussions which took place in various World Conferences held from time to time between 1940 and 1945, ultimately the United Nations Conference was held at San-Francisco from April 26 to 25 June 1945. The Conference adopted the U.N. Charter which was signed by delegates of 51 Nations. The U.N. actually started functioning on October 24, 1945. It is an organisation of 193 countries of the world which aims at establishing peace in the world. Peace can be established in the world if all the countries extend willing co-operation to this organization.

Aims and Principles of U.N.
The U.N. Charter contains 111 short articles, prefaced by a preamble, which speaks for the aims of the United Nations. It starts with the words. “We the people of the United Nations,” signifying thereby that the United Nations speak in the name of the people of the world. The basic aims of the U.N. are:

  • To save succeeding generations from the scourge of war;
  • To re-affirm faith in the fundamental human rights;
  • To establish justice and respect for international obligations; and
  • To promote social progress and better standards of life.

These aims can be classified as under:

  • To maintain international peace and security.
  • To develop friendly relations among nations based on respect for the principle of equal rights and self-determination of people.
  • To achieve international co-operative for solving international problems of an economic, social and humanitarian character.
  • To promote and encourage respect for human rights and for fundamental freedoms for all without any distinction of race, sex, language or region.
  • To act as a centre for harmonizing the actions of world nations in the achievement of agreed common ends.

Basic Principles of The U.N.
All the members, in order to achieve the main purpose of U.N., will act in accordance with the principles given ahead:

  • The organization is based on the principles of sovereign equality of its members.
  • All member-States are supposed to fulfil the obligation imposed upon them by Charter.
  • All international disputes are to be settled through peaceful means.
  • All member-States must refrain from the use of force in any international dispute.
  • The organization as far as possible, shall avoid intervention in the domestic affairs of a State.
  • The member-States are supposed to assist the organization in any action taken by it in accordance with the U.N. Charter.
  • All member-States must give free help to U.N.O. in any action taken according to the Charter.
  • All members must act according to the principles of U.N.O. in order to create international peace and security.

Organs of U.N.
The principal organs of U.N. are given as under:
1. The General Assembly
2. The Security Council
3. The Economic and Social Council
4. The International Court of Justice
5. The Trusteeship Council
6. The Secretariat.

1. General Assembly:
The General Assembly consists of all the members of U.N. Each state can send five representatives in the General Assembly. Each member-State has, however, one vote. In the Assembly all the member- States, however big or small, meet on the terms of sovereign equality of all the member-States. It elects its President and Vice-Presidents for each session. The General Assembly meets regularly once every year, commencing usually in September.

Special sessions may be convened at the request of the Security Council or of a majority of the members of the U.N. All decisions on important questions are taken by 2/3 majority of those present. A majority of the.members of the General Assembly constitutes a quorum. The General Assembly does most of its work in Committee’s voting but decision regarding less important questions may be taken by a simple majority of votes. Functions. The General Assembly can be called World Parliament or World Panchayat.

The Assembly elected 10 non-permanent members of the Security Council for a term of two years, 54 members of the Economic and social Council and some members of the Trusteeship Council. A Secretary-General is elected on the recommendations of the Security Council. It is the deliberative body of the organization. Apart from the duties discussed above, it performs the following functions:

  • The General Assembly can deal with all matters within the scope of U.N. Charter.
  • It can make recommendations to any member or to the Security Council on any question within its jurisdiction.
  • It considers principle of co-operation for the creation of world peace and security.
  • It can initiate studies and make recommendations for the development of International Law and its codification.
  • It can call the attention of the Security Council to such situations which may endanger world peace.
  • It is empowered to make suggestions for promoting international co-operation in economic, social, cultural and health fields.
  • It receives and considers the annual reports from the Security Council and other organs about the maintenance of world peace.
  • It considers and approves the budget of U.N.
  • It fixes the amount which each member-State has to contribute for the working of U.N.
  • To assist in the realization of fundamental human rights for all without distinction of race, sex, language or religion.

‘The Uniting for Peace Resolution’ confers effective power on the General Assembly for the purpose of maintaining International peace and security.This Resolution was adopted by the General Assembly on 3rd November, 1950.

2. Security Council:
It consists of 15 members, five of which are permanent members. It is the most important and most powerful organ of the U.N. The permanent members are- England, France, U.S.A., Russia and Republic of China. Ten members are non-permanent, These non-permanent members are elected by the General Assembly for a period of two years. No State can be elected as a member for two consecutive terms.

The Security Council must meet at least twice a month, but its meeting can be held even before if the need arises. Meetings of the Security Council are held at the call of the President at any time he deems necessary, but the interval between meetings must not exceed fourteen days. Each member presides over the meeting of the council for a month turn by turn.

The concurrence of permanent members is necessary for all vital decisions of the Security Council affecting international peace and security. Decisions on all matters are to be made by a majority of nine members (including the five permanent) except on procedural matters which require the decision of any nine members.

By casting a negative vote, any one of the permanent members can veto a decision. But mere abstention from the vote, or the absence of a permanent member from the meeting, does not operate as a veto. No member can cast his vote in a matter with which he is personally connected. The Security Council can invite any State to participate in its meeting but it is not entitled to exercise its vote.

Functions:

  • The admission of new States to the organization and the expulsion therefrom can only be done on the recommendation of the Security Council.
  • It makes recommendations to the General Assembly for the appointment of the General Secretary.
  • It can take any measure necessary to maintain or restore international peace.
  • It can ask the contesting parties to solve their conflict by peaceful means, like negotiation, enquiry and mediation.
  • The Security Council may decide measures, not involving the use of armed force, to be employed to give effect to its decisions.
  • The Security Council may take such action by air, sea or land force, as may be necessary to maintain or restore international peace and security.
  • It shares with the General Assembly the function of electing judges to the International Court of Justice and right to request the court for advisory opinion or legal matters.

3. Economic and Social Council:
Before 1965 this body consisted of 18 members who were elected by the General Assembly. From 1st Jan. 1966 its membership was increased to 27 and now-a-days it has 54 members. One- third of its members retire after every one year and this way a member is elected for a period of three years. A retiring member is eligible for immediate re-election. It can have extra members also but these members cannot have the right to vote. It must meet at least twice a year and decisions are taken by ordinary majority. It elects its own President.

Functions:
Its main function is to solve the economic and social problem of the people.

  • It initiates studies and makes report about international economic, social, educational, health and cultural matters to the General Assembly and other specialized agencies.
  • It sets up commissions in economic and social fields for the promotion of human rights.
  • It calls international conferences on matters under its jurisdiction.
  • It makes recommendations for the purpose of promoting respect for and observance of human rights and fundamental freedom of all.
  • It helps the nations in their development plans.
  • It may take appropriate steps to obtain regular reports from the specialised agencies.

4. International Court of Justice:
It is the judicial organ of the United Nations. It decides the disputes among different member-States of the U.N. It has 15 judges, and they are elected by the General Assembly and the Security Council, voting independently. Those candidates who obtain an absolute majority of votes in the General Assembly and in the Security Council are considered as elected. The judges are elected for nine years.

After every 3 years, 1/3rd of the judges retire but they can be re-elected. Its meetings are held at the Hague and decisions are taken by a majority vote of the judges present. The Court elects its President and Vice-president for three years. Except for judicial vacations, the Court is permanently in session. A quorum of nine judges is required to constitute the Court. French and English are the official languages of the Court.

Functions:

  • It decides disputes among different States. Any State can refer its case to the court for decision.
  • It hears and decides disputes on the basis of International Law. United Nations Charter, international treaties and international customs and traditions.
  • The General Assembly can ask for legal advice on any issue from the International Court of Justice.
  • Its decisions are only in the form of advice and no member is bound to act according to the decision given by it. The Security Council gets its decisions enforced

5. Trusteeship Council:
It consists of members from States which administer Trust territories and such of the five permanent members of the Security Council as do not administer any trust territory. But it has also to include some other representations in such a way that the total becomes equally divided between the trust administering members and the non-trust administering members. All these extra members are to be elected by the General Assembly for a period of 3 years. The Trusteeship Council meets twice a year, generally in January and June. At its summer session each year it elects its President and a Vice-president to preside over its meetings. All the decisions are made by a majority of the members present and voting. Each member of the Trusteeship Council possesses one vote.

Functions:

  • The council is to see that trust territories are administered and ultimately get responsible government or independence according to the wishes of the masses.
  • It also considers reports which have been submitted by the administering authority.
  • It further examines petitions and visits the respective trust territories in order to promote world peace.
  • It makes efforts for the promotion of moral, social and economic welfare of the trust territories.
  • It formulates a questionnaire on the political, economic, social and educational advancement of the inhabitants of each trust territory.

6. Secretariat:
A Secretariat has been established for working out the administration of the various organs of the U.N. It functions under the Supervision and direction of a Secretary General. He is appointed for a period of five years. The General Assembly appoints the Secretary General on the recommendations of the Security Council. Secretary General can be re-elected. He is the Chief Administrative Officer of the United Nations. Antonio Guterres of Portugal is the present Secretary General. The international staff is required by him under the rules and regulations laid down by the General Assembly.

The Secretariat is located at the Headquarters of the U.N. in New York. It has branch offices at Geneva, Vienna and Nairobi.
Functions:

  • The Secretariat maintains the records of the proceeding of the various organs of the U.N.. It collects information and materials needed by them and conducts correspondence with States on behalf of the U.N.
  • It calls the meeting of the various organs of the U.N.
  • It enforces the decisions taken by various organs of the U.N.
  • It prepares the annual report of each organ of the U.N. and presents it to the General Assembly.
  • It brings to the notice of Security Council any matter which in its opinion may threaten the international peace and security.
  • It produces statistical publication, information bulletins and analytical work in accordance with the decisions of the General Assembly.
  • It organises conferences, expert group meetings, seminars on topics of concern to the international community.
  • It is to run the working of the U.N. smoothly and efficiently.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 2.
Describe India’s role in the United Nations.
Or
Describe the role of India in United Nations Organisation (U.N.O.).
Answer:
India has been a member of the U.N.O from the very beginning. She is among those countries which signed the U.N. Charter first of all. As India is a peace- loving country so its policies are very much in tune with the policies of the U.N.O. After the attainment of Independence, India took a keen interest in the activities of the U.N.O. She co-operated with the U.N.O. in all its activities. She helped the U.N.O. in its aim of maintaining world peace. India also became the member of the specialised agencies of U.N.O. and helped in its co-operative efforts. Whenever the U.N.O. was faced with a problem, India extended her full support for solving it. India performed the following functions for helping the U.N.O. in the fulfilment of its objects:

1. Policy of Neutrality:
India had adopted the policy of neutrality in international affairs. India is always anxious for maintaining friendly relations with all countries of the world. Today the entire world is divided into two blocs and each bloc is opposed to the other. This division of the – world into two blocs is a hindrance in the fulfilment of the objectives of the U.N.O. It increases the chances of war and decreases the chances of co- 1 operative efforts on the part of member countries. India has kept itself aloof from these power-blocs and has always stood for the policy of neutrality. India has also made efforts to bridge the gap in these two power-blocs and has done its best in reducing the tension between them.

2. Panchsheel:
India had propagated the principles of Panchsheel for the maintenance of world peace. By following the principles of Panchsheel the chances of war are much reduced and all the countries of the world live in co-operation with one another. The principles of Panchsheel have been accepted by Asian, African and many European countries. It has helped a great deal in the maintenance of world peace. The maintenance of world peace is one of the main aims of the U.N.O.

3. Peaceful solution of her disputes with other countries:
India has always tried to find out a peaceful solution of her disputes with other countries.
Just after the attainment of Independence, India had a dispute with Pakistan over the Kashmir issue, and the dispute was referred to the U.N.O. by India.
In 1962, China attacked India and we put in our best to solve the problem peacefully. In 1965, India was attacked by Pakistan, but it accepted the cease-fire and respected the resolution on cease-fire of Security Council of the U.N.O. Whatever differences we have with other countries, we are always: desirous of solving them peacefully.

4. Co-operation in ending wars in other countries:
India has always; co-operated with U.N.O. in ending wars in other countries. It helped in bringing to an end the civil war in Korea. India had a hand in the maintenance of peace in Laos and Indo-China. India was given the responsibility of defending the ceasefire line in Korea. Indian representative headed the Commission appointed for the maintenance of peace in Indo-China. India helped U.N. to the maximum in ending the civil war in the Congo. India was substantially associated with the conversion of the United Nations Operation in the Congo from a non-military to a military force.

India was:also appointed a member of the Advisory Committee on the Congo. India; made every possible effort to bring the dispute between England and Egypt over Suez Canal to an end. Speaking in the debate on the question of Cyprus in the General Assembly on May 11, 1983, India called for the withdrawal of foreign military forces from Cyprus and appealed to both parties to resume the inter-community talks. India declared, Cyprus cannot be divided or partitioned The identity and integrity of this island republic must be preserved at all costs.” Thus whenever world peace is threatened, India takes a keen interest in solving the issues peacefully.

5. Help in the freedom of dependent countries:
India has always helped the dependent countries in the attainment of freedom. India helped Indonesia -in the attainment of freedom. Whenever any country started the movement for attaining independence, India always supported the cause.

6. Anti-Colonialism:
India stood for anti-colonialism. India is for stepping up fight against Colonialism. Speaking during a General Assembly debate on decolonisation on Nov. 23, 1982, India called for combating colonialism and its new manifestations like Namibia and Palestine with renewed vigour. On April 8, 1987, India asked the U.N. Security Council not to ‘shy away’ from its responsibility in getting Namibia freed from its illegal occupation bySouth Africa against whom it demanded comprehensive mandatory sanctions.

7. Criticism of Injustice-rand Aggression. Whenever any country committed aggression against any other country or did injustice to any other country, India always raised its voice against the aggressor. It criticised the aggressive designs of powerful nations. When Russia attacked Hungary; Britain and

France attacked Egypt and Britain attacked Cyprus, India criticised their actions without any hesitation. India condemned South Africa’s unprovoked and wanton aggression against Lesotho and acts of subversion and aggression against Angola. On Dec. 13, 1982 India called for the total isolation of South Africa to compel it to end its illegal occupation of Namibia as well as its terrorist activities against other countries in the region. India has always supported a measure on its merits and has always sided with truth. It had adopted the policy of neutrality.

8. Support of Disarmament:
India has also supported disarmament for lessening the possibility of wars. India is against the policy of performing nuclear experiments. In principle, India has stood for general and complete disarmament within the framework of the United Nations.
Addressing the General Assembly, Mr. Rajiv Gandhi, Prime Minister of India, asked nuclear powers to eliminate all nuclear weapons by the year 2010.

India proposed a Comprehensive Global Security System that would ensure “peaceful co-existence for a new, just, equitable and democratic world order.” On January 14, 1993 India signed along with other countries the Chemical Weapons Ban Treaty. After India conducted nuclear tests in May, 1998 United States and other countries urged India to sign CTBT (Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty) unconditionally. But India reiterated its stand that since the treaties are discriminatory, they are not acceptable to the nation without any change.

9. Admission of New States:
India tried her best for the admission of Communist China and Bangla Desh into the United Nations.

10. Against Racial Discrimination:
India has always spoken fearlessly against the racial discrimination to which the ‘Coloured people’ (as in South Africa) are being subjected by the ‘White’ ruling class. India was the first country to impose comprehensive voluntary sanctions against the apartheid regime of South Africa in 1946. India urged the United Nations to treat the problem of racial discrimination as a threat to international peace and security and carry out the responsibility enjoined by the Charter. Consequently, the United Nations adopted a number of resolutions calling upon the government of South Africa to end racial discrimination. In this way India has become the friend of the black people.

11. Protection of Human Rights:
India is a great supporter of human rights. India has always made great efforts that U.N. should adopt proper measures to safeguards the human rights.

12. India in Space Committee of U.N. India is a member of space committee of U.N. India has always made efforts that space should be used for world peace.

13. Restructuring the U.N. Security Council:
India has raised the question of restructuring the Security Council. Addressing the General Assembly on Sept. 26,1998 Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee proposed induction of fresh blood in the Security Council so as to make it more representative of the membership of the United Nations. The Prime Minister made a passionate plea that some developing countries should be made permanent members at par with the present members. Mr. Vajpayee also put India’s claims for a permanent seat in the Security Council.

The Secretary-General expressed appreciation of India’s role in furthering the efforts of the non-aligned movement for peace, security and development. Thus India has played a significant role in U.N.O.’s peace keeping role.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you mean by United Nations?
Or
When did India become the member of the U.N.O.?
Answer:
United Nations Organisation is an international organisation which was established after Second World War on October 24,1945. India is the founder member of this organisation. The United Nations represents the second major effort in the twentieth century to achieve the goal of a better world through a general international organisation of the states. U.N.O. is an association of states and its primary objective is maintenance of international peace and security. At present 193 States are the members of the United Nations.

Question 2.
Write the main objectives of United Nations.
Or
Write the main objects of U.N.O. (United Nations Organisation.)
Answer:
The aims and purposes of the United Nations as laid down in Article 1 of the Charter are as follow:

  1. To maintain international peace and security.
  2. To develop friendly relations among nations.
  3. To achieve international co-operation in solving international problems of an economic, social, cultural and humanitarian character and to promote respect for human rights and humanitarian freedoms.
  4. To promote and encourage respect for human rights and for fundamental freedoms for all without any distinction of race, sex, language or region.

Question 3.
What role has India played in the United Nations in the maintenance of world peace?
Or
What role has India played in maintaining the world peace?
Answer:
The main aim of the United Nations is maintenance of international peace and security. India is a peace-loving country and India has played a very important role in the United Nations in maintaining world peace. India has given its full co¬operation to U.N. to settle international disputes such as:
1. Korean problems:
In 1950 North Korea attacked South Korea. India supported the resolution of the U.N. by which North Korea was declared the aggressor. To stop war U.N. sent forces of sixteen countries and India also participated. ,

2. Indo-China problems. Indian representatives headed the Commission appointed for the maintenance of peace in Indo-China.

3. Congo and Gaza crises. India helped U.N. to the maximum in ending theCivil War in Congo. India was substantially associated with the conversion of the United Nations’ operation in Congo from a non-military to a military force. Lt. General P. S. Gyani from India was the commander of the U.N. forces in Gaza.

4. Iran-Iraq War. India played a very important role in ending Iran-Iraq war.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 4.
What do you mean by United Nations? Write its main organs.
Or
When was United Nations formed? Write the names of its organs.
Answer:
Meaning of United Nation:
United Nations Organisation is an international organisation which was established after Second World War on October 24,1945. India is the founder member of this organisation. The United Nations represents the second major effort in the twentieth century to achieve the goal of a better world through a general international organisation of the states. U.N.O. is an association of states and its primary objective is maintenance of international peace and security. At present 193 States are the members of the United Nations.

Main organs of United Nations:
There are six organs of U.N-

  1. General Assembly
  2. Security Council
  3. The Economic and Social Council
  4. International Court of Justice
  5. Trusteeship Council
  6. The Secretariat.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 5.
What are the major organs of the United Nations?
Or
Write down names of the four organs of United Nations.
Answer:
There are six organs of the United Nations. The brief description of these organs is given below:
1. General Assembly:
General Assembly is the biggest organ of the U.N. and it consists of all the members of the U.N. At present 193 states are the members of the General Assembly. Mainly General Assembly is the deliberative body and it also approves the annual budget of the United Nations.

2. Security Council:
Security Council is mainly responsible for the maintenance of international peace and security. The Security Council is the executive body of the United Nations. At present it consists of fifteen members. Five big powers (England, U.S.A., France, Russia, China) are the permanent members of the Security Council and ten are the temporary members elected by the General Assembly for a period of two years.

3. Economic and Social Council:
Economic and Social Council consists of 54 members and they are elected by the General Assembly for a period of three years. This Council is mainly responsible for solving economic and social problems of the world.

4. Trusteeship Council:
Trusteeship Council is responsible for supervising the administration of trust territories. The Trusteeship Council consists of an equal number of administering and non-administering powers.

5. International Court of Justice:
It consists of fifteen judges who are elected by the General Assembly on the recommendation of the Security Council for nine years. International Court of Justice decides the cases between the states.

6. Secretariat:
Secretariat comprises a Secretary General and such staff as the organisation may require. Secretary General is the Chief Administrative Officer of the Secretariat.

Question 6.
Write the names of five countries having veto power in U.N.O.
Or
Write down the names of four permanent members of the Security Council of United Nations.
Answer:
The Security Council of the U.N. consists of 15 members, five of which are permanent. The permanent members are- England, France, U.S.A., Russia and People’s Republic of China. Ten members are non-permanent or temporary. These non-permanent members are elected by the General Assembly for a period of two years. The permanent members of the Security Council enjoy the power of Veto. Veto power is a special power of permanent members by which they can affect the decisions of the Security Council.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 7.
Enumerate three main organs of the U.N which are considered to be as Legislature, Executive and Judiciary of the U.N.
Answer:
1. General Assembly:
General Assembly is the largest organ of the U.N. It can also be called world parliament, world panchayat or the legislature of the U.N. The General Assembly consists of all the members of U.N. All the deliberative functions are performed by it.

2. Security Council:
Security Council is the executive body of the U.N. consisting of 15 members, of which 5 members are permanent and 10 members are temporary. No decision can take place without the consensus of the Security Council.

3. It considers and approves the budget of U.N.O.

4. International Court of Justice:
It is the Judicial organ or the Judiciary of the U.N. It decides the disputes among different member-states of the U.N. It has 15 Judges.

Question 8.
Mention the main functions of the General Assembly.
Answer:
The General Assembly performs the following functions:

  • The General Assembly can deal with all matters within the scope of the U.N. Charter.
  • It considers and approves the budget of U.N.O.
  • The General Assembly can call the attention of the Security Council to such situations which may endanger world peace.
  • It is empowered to make suggestions for promoting international co-operation in economic, social, cultural and health fields.

Question 9.
Write the names of five countries having Veto Power in United Nations.
Answer:

  1. U.S.A.
  2. Russia,
  3. China,
  4. England
  5. France.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 10.
Write important specialised Agencies of United Nations.
Answer:

  • UNESCO
  • World Health Organisation (W.H.O)
  • International Labour Organisation (I.LO)
  • Food and Agriculture Organisation (F.A.O).

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you mean by United Nations?
Answer:
United Nations Organisation is an international organisation which was established after Second World War on October 24, 1945. India is the founder member of this organisation. U.N.O. is an association of states and its primary objective is maintenance of international peace and security. At present 193 States are the members of the United Nations.

Question 2.
Write two objectives of United Nations.
Answer:
The aims and purposes of the United Nations as laid down in Article 1 of the Charter are as follow:—
1. To maintain international peace and security.
2. To develop friendly relations among nations.

Question 3.
Write down the names of the principal organs of the United Nations.
Answer:
There are six organs of U.N.

  1. General Assembly
  2. Security Council
  3. The Economic and Social Council
  4. International Court of Justice
  5. Trusteeship Council
  6. The Secretariat.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 4.
Write the names of five countries having veto power in U.N.O.
Answer:
The Security Council of the U.N. consists of 15 members, five of which are permanent. The permanent members are-England, France, U.S.A., Russia and People’s Republic of China.

Question 5.
Mention two functions of the General Assembly.
Answer:
The General Assembly performs the following functions:

  • The General Assembly can deal with all matters within the scope of the U.N. Charter.
  • The General Assembly can call the attention of the Security Council to such situations which may endanger world peace.

Question 6.
When was United Nations Organisation formed? What is the number of its founder member countries?
Answer:
United Nations organisation was formed on 24th October, 1945. The number of its founder member countries was 51. India is the founder member of this organisation.

Question 7.
Write down the names of four specialised agencies of the U.N.O.
Answer:

  1. UNESCO
  2. World Health Organization (W.H.O.)
  3. International Labour Organization (I.L.O.)
  4. Food and Agriculture Organization (F.A.O.)

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 8.
Write two organs of U.N.O. which are called respectively legislature and executive.
Answer:

  1. Legislature – General Assembly.
  2. Executive – Security Council.

One Line Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Why was U.N.O. established?
Answer:
The United Nations Organisation was established to stop wars in the world and to promote international peace and security.

Question 2.
Give any one basic principle of the United Nations.
Answer:
A basic principle of the United Nations is to establish the United Nations on the basis of equity of nations.

Question 3.
Write down any one objective of establishing the United Nations.
Answer:
The main objective of the United Nations Organisation is to maintain international peace and security.

Question 4.
Write one important specialised Agency of the United Nations.
Answer:
International Labour Organisation (I.L.O.).

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 5.
Write names of two organs of the United Nations.
Or
Write two main organs of the United Nations.
Answer:

  • General Assembly
  • Security Council.

Question 6.
When was the U.N. Declaration of Human Rights adopted?
Answer:
The U.N. Declaration of Human Rights was adopted on 10 December, 1948.

Question 7.
When was United Nations founded?
Or
When was United Nations established?
Answer:
United Nations was established on 24 October, 1945.

Question 8.
How are the temporary members of the Security Council elected? Answer: The temporary members of the Security Council are elected by the General Assembly.

Question 9.
Who is the present Secretary General of the United Nations Organisation?
Answer:
The present Secretary General of the United Nations is Shri Antonio Guterres.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 10.
When did India become member of the United Nations?
Answer:
India became member of the U.N.O. in 1945.

Fill in The Blanks

1. India is a founder member of ……………………..  .
Answer:
U.N.O.

2. U.N.O. was established in ……………………..  .
Answer:
1945

3. The U.N.O. has …………………….. principal organs.
Answer:
Six

4. Security Council of …………………….. U.N.O consists of members.
Answer:
15.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

True Or False Statement

1. U.N.O was established after Second World War.
Answer:
True

2. All members of the U.N.O are sovereign state.
Answer:
True

3. The U.N.O has 10 principal organs.
Answer:
False.

4. Kofi Annan is a General Secretary of U.N.O.
Answer:
False.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
India became the member of U.N.O. in:
(a) 1945
(b) 1947
(c) 1950
(d) 1960.
Answer:
(a) 1945

Question 2.
The number of nations which gathered at San Francisco to formulate U.N. Charter was:
(a) 51
(b) 49
(c) 50
(d) 52
Answer:
(a) 51

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 15 India and United Nations

Question 3.
Who was the first Woman President of the U.N. General Assembly?
(a) Sarojini Naidu
(b) Aruna Asaf Ali
(c) Vijay Luxmi Pandit
(d) Raj Kumari Amrit Kaur.
Answer:
(c) Vijay Luxmi Pandit

Question 4.
Which one of the following is not a permanent member of U.N. Security Council?
(a) Russia
(b) India
(c) China
(d) France.
Answer:
(b) India

Question 5.
How many organs has U.N.O.?
(a) 5
(b) 6
(c) 7
(d) 8
Answer:
(b) 6

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 Political Science Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain the various determinants of India’s Foreign Policy.
Or
What do you mean by foreign Policy? Explain the main factors that determine India’s Foreign Policy.
Answer:
Meaning of Foreign Policy. Foreign policy is the set of principles and means adopted by a nation for defining, justifying and securing the objectives of national interests. According to Dr. Mohinder Kumar, “Foreign Policy is a thought out course of action for achieving objectives in foreign relations as dictated by the ideology of national interest.”
Norman Hill defines foreign policy “As the substance of Nation’s efforts to promote its interests vis-a-vis other nations.”

Factors determining India’s Foreign Policy:
A number of factors influence the foreign policy of a nation. India had to formulate its foreign policy after attaining freedom in 1947. The Directive Principles of State Policy have been described in the Constitution of free India and they are to be followed. Following are the principles related to foreign policy:
1. To contribute to international peace and security.

2. To establish just and respectable relations with various nations.

3. To create the feeling of devotion and trust in the nation for international laws and treaties.

4. To encourage the settlement of international disputes by arbitration. Indian leaders, even before attaining independence, started thinking about the principles which the Government of India would follow in its foreign policy after independence. Congress, in 1925, expounded the following four principles with regard to foreign policy:

  • To oppose imperialistic and colonialistic Governments.
  • To support people’s struggle for freedom and equality.
  • To establish world-peace and to develop hatred for wars.
  • To remain aloof from foreign groupism.

Free India has adopted that foreign policy which is based on national interest. Various factors given below have contributed in determining this policy:
1. Geographical Factors:
The geographical factors have contributed a lot in determining India’s foreign policy. India has enormous coastal dimensions- its length is about 3,500 miles. Any country dominating Indian Ocean can easily overpower Indian trade and can pose danger to India politically. The Britishers could rule over India by their sea-power only. So, strong naval forces are required for the security of India and efforts are being directed in this direction. But Indian naval forces will take a long time to be at par with the English, American and Russian naval forces. That is why India has friendly relations with Great Britain.

India shares its boundaries with Pakistan, China, Nepal, Bangla Desh and Myanmar. Some of the provinces of Kashmir State, though under Pakistan at present, have common boundaries with Afghanistan and Russia. China is situated in the north of India. The Himalayas are situated between India and China and they have performed the role of a watchman in the ancient and middle ages. Now the situation has undergone a change because of scientific inventions and production of war weapons. But Chinese aggression in 1962 disillusioned India. India had always tried to improve its relations with Communist China. Besides, India has followed the policy of non¬alignment to avoid strained relations with China.

The Communist and Western Blocs in international politics have tried to maintain friendly relations with India. India’s geographical situation is in the middle of Indian Ocean. It is equally connected with West Asia and South East Asia by sea route. It is not far from China and Russia situated in North. So under these circumstances, it is not safe for India to join either of the two Blocs. India’s policy of non-alignment, in fact is the result of these geographical factors.

2. Historical Background:
Every nation’s foreign policy is under the impact of its historical background. India’s foreign policy, too, is not devoid of this effect. India remained under the British rule for two hundred years and as a result it has more contacts with Great Britain as compared to other nations. After the Second World War and because of changed circumstances, the British themselves ended their rule. Both the countries are friendly with each other even today because of this background.

Historical background has played important role in Indo-Pak relations. Kashmir problem has not been solved so far because Pakistan claims its right over the majority of Muslims whereas Kashmir is an inseparable part of India. The welfare of both the nations lies in the policy of co-operation from geographical point of view, but their historical background embitters their relations.

India’s exploitation and slavery because of imperialism has influenced its foreign policy and how its main principle is to oppose imperialism and colonialism.

3. Economic Factors:
The economic factors of a developing country play a major role in shaping the foreign policy of a nation. Economic considerations influence the foreign policy of even advanced nations like the U.S.A., the Russia, Britain, France etc. India depends on advanced countries for scientific and technological assistance. India has trade links mainly with England and United States of America. India imports machinery and foodstuffs mainly from these countries. Enough of the capital of America and Britain has been invested in Indian factories. India’s foreign policy is favourably inclined towards western capitalistic states. India, during the last few years, has increased its trade relations with Russia also. As Pt. Jawahar Lai Nehru once remarked, “The foreign policy of a country is the outcome of her economic policy.”

(i) Population:
Population, too, affects foreign policy. The progress of a nation can be slack because of its over-population as it has to get assistance from other nations also. A big nation having over-population is weaker than a small nation with less population. We have to depend upon foreign countries for food-stuffs because of growing population. According to Morgenthau, “India’s foreign policy has weakened because of food crisis.”

The return of immigrants from South-East Africa, Sri Lanka, South East Asia and other countries added to India’s population problem which influences India’s foreign policy. The population of immigrants in India is less in proportion to its total population but their number is large in the countries accepting them. Because of this, various problems have arisen between natives and Indian immigrants.

(ii) Natural Resources:
The foreign policy of a nation is undoubtedly, affected by its natural resources. These natural resources play an important role in developing the industry and trade of that nation. America and Russia, because of their abundant natural resources, are self-dependent economically and possess huge military power. These natural resources hold an important place in India’s independent foreign policy.

The proper use of natural resources depends upon other co-factors such as capital, labour, organisation, new social set-up and values. Japan progressed sufficiently even in the absence of these factors and raw-material whereas Myanmar, with all these facilities, didn’t make a headway. The availability of natural resources for a long time properly influences the foreign policy of a nation.

(iii) Technology:
Every nation in the beginning has to depend upon foreign assistance or technology for economic development. For example America depended upon foreign monetary help or technology and Japan took assistance from other countries to strengthen itself. Similarly, Russia depended on foreign help to be an industrial nation. Russian capital made China prosperous after 1949. So India’s dependence on other countries for economic and industrial progress is not surprising but with the economic and industrial development, dependence on other countries lessened. India’s foreign policy will certainly be influenced by capitalistic and technologically prosperous countries as it becomes self-sufficient.

4. National Interest:
National interest has played a remarkable role in formulating foreign policy. On 4th Dec. 1947 while addressing Constituent Assembly, Pt. Nehru said, “Whatever policy you may lay down, the art of conducting the foreign affairs of a country lies in finding out what is most advantageous to the country. We talk about international goodwill and mean what we say but in the ultimate analysis, a Government functions for the good of the country; it governs and no Government dares to do anything which is disadvantageous to the country.
Therefore, whether a country is Imperialist or Socialist or Communist, its foreign minister thinks primarily in the interest of that country.”

Pt. Nehru based India’s foreign policy on non-alignment and establishment of world-peace and paved a way for economic and industrial development. Had India got involved in one of the two power Blocs, it wouldn’t have enjoyed economic help. Thus the policy of non-alignment was adopted, keeping in view the national interests.

India preferred to remain a member of Commonwealth of Nations for national advantage. For the safety of India’s sea boundaries and economic and trade development, it was essential to have relations with British Commonwealth. India, for national interest, indulged in certain activities which can’t be appreciated.

5. Impact of Ideology:
All ideology of a country leaves its deep impact on its foreign policy. The Congress, during national movement, presented various ideologies before the world in international spheres. Congress always favoured world peace, peaceful co-existence and strongly opposed imperialism and colonialism. Congress, on assuming office, had to formulate a foreign policy based on these ideals. Congress was under the impact of Gandhian ideals and principles and so India’s foreign policy was bound to be affected by Gandhism. India’s sympathies for Communist countries are attributed to the influence of Marxism. Pt. Nehru, the maker of India’s foreign policy, was under the impact of western democratic traditions. He liked the qualities of Western democracy and Communism and preferred to avoid their evils. So the policy of non-alignment was adopted.

6. National Struggle:
India’s national movement contributed a lot in the making of its foreign policy.

  • Indians were determined not to make national movement a pawn in the hands of great powers.
  • An awakening was created to play an important role in international politics inspite of remaining a non-aligned state.
  • People were encouraged to oppose colonialism, socialism and colour discriminations
  • People got inspired to participate in freedom struggle.

7. Personal Factors:
The foreign policy of India has been influenced by the individual trait of its great leaders. Pt. Nehru’s ideology has sufficiently affected India’s foreign policy. He was deadly against imperialism, colonialism, fascism and supported peaceful way of solving problems. He favoured friendly co-operation and peaceful co-existence but at the same time he supported the use of power against injustice.

Besides Pt. Nehru, the ideology of Dr. Radhakrishnan, Krishna Menon, Pannikar etc. left its impact on India’s foreign policy in relation with Chinese, in the beginning, was influenced by Pannikar’s personality. So India couldn’t properly judge the nature of its relations with China. As a result of the false reports given by Pannikar, India’s ambassador to China, Pt. Nehru remained in illusion and India faced defeat in Chinese aggression. But the events of 1962 gave realistic touch to India’s foreign policy. The basic as well as practical elements lying in India’s foreign policy were preserved during the regime of late Prime Ministers Shri Lai Bahadur Shastri, Mrs. Indira Gandhi, Mr. Rajiv Gandhi, P.V. Narasimha Rao, Mr. Atal Bihari Vajapyee and at present by Sh. Narinder Modi.

8. Promotion of World Peace:
One of the basic determinants of Indian Foreign policy is world peace. India has always formulated its foreign policy to promote world peace.

9. Principle of Non-alignment:
Principle of non-alignment has played a very important role in formulating foreign policy. India itself is a non-aligned country and so its foreign policy is also based on non-alignment.

Love for peace, toleration, friendly behaviour, co-operation, co- existence are the very pillars of our foreign policy even today but they are based on realism and practicality. Mere slogans for peace are futile-a strong nation with immense military force and capability are essential to give a true meaning to these slogAnswer: India is not interested in aggression and expansion, rather it needs strong military base for self-protection.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 2.
Describe main basic principles of the Foreign Policy of India.
Or
Write down any six features of India’s Foreign Policy. Explain.
Or
What do you mean by ‘Foreign Policy’? Write any four features of Indian Foreign Policy.
Or
What do you mean by ‘Foreign Policy’? Discuss the principles of ‘Non-Alignment’ and ‘Panchsheel’ under Indian Foreign Policy.
Answer:
Meaning of Foreign Policy:
Foreign policy is the set of principles and means adopted by a nation for defining, justifying and securing the objectives of national interests. According to Dr. Mohinder Kumar, “Foreign Policy is a thought out course of action for achieving objectives in foreign relations as dictated by the ideology of national interest.”
Norman Hill defines foreign policy “As the substance of Nation’s efforts to promote its interests vis-a-vis other nations.”

Factors determining India’s Foreign Policy:
A number of factors influence the foreign policy of a nation. India had to formulate its foreign policy after attaining freedom in 1947. The Directive Principles of State Policy have been described in the Constitution of free India and they are to be followed. Following are the principles related to foreign policy:
1. To contribute to international peace and security.

2. To establish just and respectable relations with various nations.

3. To create the feeling of devotion and trust in the nation for international laws and treaties.

4. To encourage the settlement of international disputes by arbitration. Indian leaders, even before attaining independence, started thinking about the principles which the Government of India would follow in its foreign policy after independence. Congress, in 1925, expounded the following four principles with regard to foreign policy:

  • To oppose imperialistic and colonialistic Governments.
  • To support people’s struggle for freedom and equality.
  • To establish world-peace and to develop hatred for wars.
  • To remain aloof from foreign groupism.

Free India has adopted that foreign policy which is based on national interest. Various factors given below have contributed in determining this policy:
1. Geographical Factors:
The geographical factors have contributed a lot in determining India’s foreign policy. India has enormous coastal dimensions- its length is about 3,500 miles. Any country dominating Indian Ocean can easily overpower Indian trade and can pose danger to India politically. The Britishers could rule over India by their sea-power only. So, strong naval forces are required for the security of India and efforts are being directed in this direction. But Indian naval forces will take a long time to be at par with the English, American and Russian naval forces. That is why India has friendly relations with Great Britain.

India shares its boundaries with Pakistan, China, Nepal, Bangla Desh and Myanmar. Some of the provinces of Kashmir State, though under Pakistan at present, have common boundaries with Afghanistan and Russia. China is situated in the north of India. The Himalayas are situated between India and China and they have performed the role of a watchman in the ancient and middle ages. Now the situation has undergone a change because of scientific inventions and production of war weapons. But Chinese aggression in 1962 disillusioned India. India had always tried to improve its relations with Communist China. Besides, India has followed the policy of non¬alignment to avoid strained relations with China.

The Communist and Western Blocs in international politics have tried to maintain friendly relations with India. India’s geographical situation is in the middle of Indian Ocean. It is equally connected with West Asia and South East Asia by sea route. It is not far from China and Russia situated in North. So under these circumstances, it is not safe for India to join either of the two Blocs. India’s policy of non-alignment, in fact is the result of these geographical factors.

2. Historical Background:
Every nation’s foreign policy is under the impact of its historical background. India’s foreign policy, too, is not devoid of this effect. India remained under the British rule for two hundred years and as a result it has more contacts with Great Britain as compared to other nations. After the Second World War and because of changed circumstances, the British themselves ended their rule. Both the countries are friendly with each other even today because of this background.

Historical background has played important role in Indo-Pak relations. Kashmir problem has not been solved so far because Pakistan claims its right over the majority of Muslims whereas Kashmir is an inseparable part of India. The welfare of both the nations lies in the policy of co-operation from geographical point of view, but their historical background embitters their relations.

India’s exploitation and slavery because of imperialism has influenced its foreign policy and how its main principle is to oppose imperialism and colonialism.

3. Economic Factors:
The economic factors of a developing country play a major role in shaping the foreign policy of a nation. Economic considerations influence the foreign policy of even advanced nations like the U.S.A., the Russia, Britain, France etc. India depends on advanced countries for scientific and technological assistance. India has trade links mainly with England and United States of America. India imports machinery and foodstuffs mainly from these countries. Enough of the capital of America and Britain has been invested in Indian factories. India’s foreign policy is favourably inclined towards western capitalistic states. India, during the last few years, has increased its trade relations with Russia also. As Pt. Jawahar Lai Nehru once remarked, “The foreign policy of a country is the outcome of her economic policy.”

(i) Population:
Population, too, affects foreign policy. The progress of a nation can be slack because of its over-population as it has to get assistance from other nations also. A big nation having over-population is weaker than a small nation with less population. We have to depend upon foreign countries for food-stuffs because of growing population. According to Morgenthau, “India’s foreign policy has weakened because of food crisis.”

The return of immigrants from South-East Africa, Sri Lanka, South East Asia and other countries added to India’s population problem which influences India’s foreign policy. The population of immigrants in India is less in proportion to its total population but their number is large in the countries accepting them. Because of this, various problems have arisen between natives and Indian immigrants.

(ii) Natural Resources:
The foreign policy of a nation is undoubtedly, affected by its natural resources. These natural resources play an important role in developing the industry and trade of that nation. America and Russia, because of their abundant natural resources, are self-dependent economically and possess huge military power. These natural resources hold an important place in India’s independent foreign policy.

The proper use of natural resources depends upon other co-factors such as capital, labour, organisation, new social set-up and values. Japan progressed sufficiently even in the absence of these factors and raw-material whereas Myanmar, with all these facilities, didn’t make a headway. The availability of natural resources for a long time properly influences the foreign policy of a nation.

(iii) Technology:
Every nation in the beginning has to depend upon foreign assistance or technology for economic development. For example America depended upon foreign monetary help or technology and Japan took assistance from other countries to strengthen itself. Similarly, Russia depended on foreign help to be an industrial nation. Russian capital made China prosperous after 1949. So India’s dependence on other countries for economic and industrial progress is not surprising but with the economic and industrial development, dependence on other countries lessened. India’s foreign policy will certainly be influenced by capitalistic and technologically prosperous countries as it becomes self-sufficient.

4. National Interest:
National interest has played a remarkable role in formulating foreign policy. On 4th Dec. 1947 while addressing Constituent Assembly, Pt. Nehru said, “Whatever policy you may lay down, the art of conducting the foreign affairs of a country lies in finding out what is most advantageous to the country. We talk about international goodwill and mean what we say but in the ultimate analysis, a Government functions for the good of the country; it governs and no Government dares to do anything which is disadvantageous to the country.
Therefore, whether a country is Imperialist or Socialist or Communist, its foreign minister thinks primarily in the interest of that country.”

Pt. Nehru based India’s foreign policy on non-alignment and establishment of world-peace and paved a way for economic and industrial development. Had India got involved in one of the two power Blocs, it wouldn’t have enjoyed economic help. Thus the policy of non-alignment was adopted, keeping in view the national interests.

India preferred to remain a member of Commonwealth of Nations for national advantage. For the safety of India’s sea boundaries and economic and trade development, it was essential to have relations with British Commonwealth. India, for national interest, indulged in certain activities which can’t be appreciated.

5. Impact of Ideology:
All ideology of a country leaves its deep impact on its foreign policy. The Congress, during national movement, presented various ideologies before the world in international spheres. Congress always favoured world peace, peaceful co-existence and strongly opposed imperialism and colonialism. Congress, on assuming office, had to formulate a foreign policy based on these ideals. Congress was under the impact of Gandhian ideals and principles and so India’s foreign policy was bound to be affected by Gandhism. India’s sympathies for Communist countries are attributed to the influence of Marxism. Pt. Nehru, the maker of India’s foreign policy, was under the impact of western democratic traditions. He liked the qualities of Western democracy and Communism and preferred to avoid their evils. So the policy of non-alignment was adopted.

6. National Struggle:
India’s national movement contributed a lot in the making of its foreign policy.

  • Indians were determined not to make national movement a pawn in the hands of great powers.
  • An awakening was created to play an important role in international politics inspite of remaining a non-aligned state.
  • People were encouraged to oppose colonialism, socialism and colour discriminations
  • People got inspired to participate in freedom struggle.

7. Personal Factors:
The foreign policy of India has been influenced by the individual trait of its great leaders. Pt. Nehru’s ideology has sufficiently affected India’s foreign policy. He was deadly against imperialism, colonialism, fascism and supported peaceful way of solving problems. He favoured friendly co-operation and peaceful co-existence but at the same time he supported the use of power against injustice.

Besides Pt. Nehru, the ideology of Dr. Radhakrishnan, Krishna Menon, Pannikar etc. left its impact on India’s foreign policy in relation with Chinese, in the beginning, was influenced by Pannikar’s personality. So India couldn’t properly judge the nature of its relations with China. As a result of the false reports given by Pannikar, India’s ambassador to China, Pt. Nehru remained in illusion and India faced defeat in Chinese aggression. But the events of 1962 gave realistic touch to India’s foreign policy. The basic as well as practical elements lying in India’s foreign policy were preserved during the regime of late Prime Ministers Shri Lai Bahadur Shastri, Mrs. Indira Gandhi, Mr. Rajiv Gandhi, P.V. Narasimha Rao, Mr. Atal Bihari Vajapyee and at present by Sh. Narinder Modi.

8. Promotion of World Peace:
One of the basic determinants of Indian Foreign policy is world peace. India has always formulated its foreign policy to promote world peace.

9. Principle of Non-alignment:
Principle of non-alignment has played a very important role in formulating foreign policy. India itself is a non-aligned country and so its foreign policy is also based on non-alignment.

Love for peace, toleration, friendly behaviour, co-operation, co- existence are the very pillars of our foreign policy even today but they are based on realism and practicality. Mere slogans for peace are futile-a strong nation with immense military force and capability are essential to give a true meaning to these slogAnswer: India is not interested in aggression and expansion, rather it needs strong military base for self-protection.

The basic elements of India’s foreign’s policy today are the same what they were previously. The only difference is that idealism was emphasised more in the age of Nehru whereas realism got the upper hand in Shastri-era. But a fine combination of idealism in India’s foreign policy was witnessed under the leadership of Mrs. Gandhi. Shri Morarji Desai, too, preferred to combine idealism and realism in India’s foreign policy. Also under the able leadership Mr. Atal Bihari Vajpayee, and at present Sh. Narender Modi, the same old principles are being emphasised.

Following are the features of India’s foreign policy:

1. The policy of non-alignment.
2. Opposition to imperialists and colonialists.
3. Opposition to the policy of caste, colour and discriminations etc.
4. Friendly relations with other States.
5. Unity of Afro-Asian countries to strengthen mutual economic and political relations.
6. Importance of the principles of United Nations,
7. India is not neutral in International Politics.
8. Panchsheel.
9. National consensus.

1. Non-Alignment:
The main characteristic of India’s foreign policy is non¬alignment. India itself is a non-aligned country and so its foreign policy is also based on non-alignment. In fact India was the first country which initiated the policy of non-alignment which was adopted by most of the countries of Asia and Africa which attained indepedence in the post World- War II period. Pt. Nehru said-as far as possible, we don’t want to associate with power groups which caused two World Wars which can take place in future also. India signed a friendship treaty with Russia in 1971 to make its relations all the more friendly. For this agreement, the critics started condemning India’s foreign policy.

Non-alignment doesn’t mean that India can’t have friendly relations with other countries. The Janata Government, after assuming office in 1977, stressed the policy of real non-alignment. Non alignment is still the best policy for India and in recognition of this fact there is no intention in official or non-official circles to deviate from it. Late Mrs. Gandhi’s foreign policy was truly based on non-alignment. Former Prime Ministers-Rajiv Gandhi, P.V. Narsimha Rao, H.D. Deve Gowda, I. K. Gujral, Atal Bihari Vajpayee followed the principles of non-alignment. At present Sh. Narender Modi is also following the policy of non-alignment.

2. Opposition to Imperialists and Colonialists:
Since India itself remained a victim of British imperialism it has always opposed imperialism and colonalism. India regards imperialism to be injurious to world peace as it leads to war. So Indian leaders by visiting other countries and delivering speeches in U.N. have tried to liberate slave countries from the clutches of imperialistic countries. India has always supported the national movements in the slave countries. Whenever imperialism tried to dominate, India strongly opposed it. When Holland, after the Second World-War, tried to overpower Indonesia, India protested against it.

When England and France attacked Egypt to capture Suez Canal in 1956, India sided with Egypt. In the same way India strived to liberate countries like Malaya, Algeria, Congo and Morocco. India strongly protested against United States of America when it tried to overpower Cuba.

3. Opposition to the policy of caste, colour, discrimination etc. Another basic principle of India’s foreign policy is that it has always raised its voice against the policy of caste and colour discriminations. India has always favoured the abolition of caste system and it has tried to remove caste- ridden policies from the world also. India has consistently raised the question of the treatment of the people of Indian origin in the Union of South Africa and severely condemned the policy of racial segregation followed by the government of South Africa. India also took up the cause of Negroes in United States and non-white population in Rhodesia.

4. Friendly relations with other States:
India is always ready to have friendly relations with other States of the world. India not only improved its friendly ties with Asian countries but with other countries of the world also.

5. Unification of Afro-Asian countries:
India tries to unify Asian and African countries to strengthen economic and political relations. India believes that these countries can unitedly oppose colonialism and create an atmosphere for the freedom of other Asian and African countries. The imperialistic and developed countries believe that Afro-Asian countries will depend upon them for economic and technical help and thus they will dominate them. But the united Afro-Asian countries can successfully face this challenge and safeguard their freedom.

6. Importance to the principles of United Nations:
Much importance has been attached to the principles of United Nations in India’s foreign policy. India has always strived to establish world peace by stopping wars. India has full faith in the capacity of the United Nations to settle the disputes. It was precisely out of this faith that India took the issue of Kashmir to the United Nations. India also extended full support to the United Nations in implementation of its decision by providing military and other personnel. During the Congolese conflict, India made available a large number of contingents to preserve peace in the region.

7. India is not neutral in international politics:
Non-alignment is the very basis of the India’s foreign policy but it doesn’t stand for India’s non¬participation in international politics. Since India has not joined any group, it adopts the policy of rational judgement. In the words of Pt. Nehru-“We can’t and won’t remain neutral when freedom is in danger, justice is challenged or invasion is in progress.”

India is partial neither to Russia nor to America. That is why India, like other non-aligned countries, blamed Soviet Union when Korean war took place and also held America responsible in Vietnam war.

8. Panchsheel:
Panchsheel is another important contribution of India to international politics. The principles became popular when an agreement on the issue of Tibet took place between India and China. Five principles were evolved to maintain friendly ties between the States. These five principles called ‘Panchsheel’ are as given below:

1. The nations should respect each other’s territorial unity and sovereignty.
2. No nation should attack another nation.
3. No nation should interfere in the internal affairs of another nation.
4. All the countries should have peaceful and harmonious co-existence. All the non-aligned countries, including India, participated in

Bandung conference in 1955 and India added five more points to the principles of Panchsheel:
1. To respect fundamental human rights.
2. To protect one’s self alone or collectively, India will retaliate against the attack of another country but won’t initiate war. India heroically faced Chinese attack in 1962 and fought bravely against Pakistan in 1965 and 1971.
3. All the agreements and treaties on the international level will be signed by India independently.
4. India will indulge in secret agreements for its own welfare.
5. India will peacefully settle disputes with different nations.

9. National Consensus:
India’s foreign policy is based on a national consensus. The consensus does not necessarily mean complete indentity of views on all matters but foreign policy issues have seldom been controversial during elections. This has been the case since the days of Jawaharlal Nehru, the prime builder to non-alignment. There have been no wide swings or radical changes in India’s foreign policy, though there has been a shift in emphasis, for instance, on close ties with the U.S.A. or Moscow.

The foreign policy of India under Rajiv Gandhi was based on the basic principles enunciated by Nehru and followed by Shasrti and Mrs. Gandhi. United Front government also followed the same basic principles. Present government is also following the same basic principles.

10. Faith in Disarmament:
India has full faith in disarmament. It means reduction or destruction of armament. India considers race for armaments as a grave threat to the world peace. For the realisation of this end, India has pleaded for disarmament within and outside the United Nations.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is meant by Foreign Policy?
Answer:
Foreign policy is the set of principles and means adopted by a nation for defining, justifying and securing the objectives of national interests. According to Dr. Mohinder Kumar, “Foreign Policy is a thought out course of action for achieving objectives in foreign relations as dictated by the ideology of national interest.” Norman Hill defines foreign policy as: “It is the substance of Nation’s efforts to promote its interests vis-a-vis- other nations.”

Question 2.
What is ‘Panchsheel’? Write the principles of Indian Panchsheel.
Or
What do you mean by Panchsheel?
Answer:
Panchsheel is another important contribution of India to international politics. The principles became popular when an agreement on the issue of Tibet took place between India and China. Five principles were evolved to maintain friendly ties between the two States. These five principles called ‘Panchsheel’ are as given below:

  • Mutual respect for each other’s territorial integrity and sovereignty.
  • Non-aggression.
  • Non-intervention in each other’s domestic affairs.
  • Mutual benefit and equality.
  • Peaceful co-existeqce.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 3.
Describe any four determinants of India’s Foreign Policy.
Answer:
1. Geographical Factors:
The geographical factors have contributed a lot in determining India’s foreign policy. India shares its boundaries with Pakistan, China, Nepal, Bangla Desh and Myanmar. That is why India has always tried to maintain friendly relations with her neighbouring countries.

2. Economic Factors:
Economic factors have largely influenced the Indian policy. Population, national resources, technology etc. have played a remarkable role in determining foreign policy of India.

3. National Interest:
National interest has played a remarkable role in formulating foreign policy. The policy of non-alignment was adopted keeping in view the national interests. India preferred to remain a member of Commonwealth of Nations for national advantage.

4. Promotion of World Peace:
One of the basic determinants of Indian Foreign Policy is world peace. India has always formulated its foreign policy to promote World Peace.

Question 4.
What is the meaning of Non-Alignment?
Or
What do you understand by Non-Alignment?
Answer:
Pt. Nehru, the architect of India’s foreign policy, adopted non-alignment as its base. Following are the meanings derived from the policy of non-alignment.

  • India has not joined any bloc nor will it join any group.
  • The policy of non-alignment is an independent policy.
  • Non-alignment is a policy of peacefulness.
  • Non-alignment does not stand for isolationism.
  • Non-alignment does not mean neutrality in international affairs. Our policy is that there should be active efforts for world peace and it should be given a firm foundation.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 5.
What is the role of geographical factors in determining the Indian foreign policy?
Or
Explain the geographical determinant of the Indian Foreign Policy.
Answer:
The geographical factor has played a very significant role in determining India’s foreign policy. India has enormous coastal dimensions-its length is about 3,500 miles. Strong naval forces are required for the security of India and efforts are being made in this direction. India has friendly relations with Great Britain. India shares its boundaries with Pakistan, China, Nepal and Burma (Myanmar). The Himalayas, situated between India and China, have performed the role of a watchman in the ancient and middle ages. India has always tried to improve its relations with Communist China, Pakistan, Bangla Desh, Nepal etc.

Question 6.
Explain the constitutional provisions with regard to India’s Foreign Policy.
Answer:
Article 51 of Chapter IV of the Indian Constitution lays down certain principles which are the bases of Indian Foreign Policy. Following are the constitutional bases of the Indian Foreign Policy-

  • To promote international peace and security.
  • To establish just and respectable relations with various nations.
  • To foster respect for international law and treaty obligations in the dealings of organised people with one another.
  • To encourage the settlement of international disputes by arbitration.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 7.
What is meant by statement that India is opposed to Colonialism and Racialism?
Answer:
1. India has always opposed imperialism and colonialism. India regards colonialism to be injurious to world peace as it leads to war. India has always supported the national movement in the slave countries. India strived to liberate countries like Malaya, Algeria, Congo, Morocco etc.

2. India has always raised voice against the policy of caste, colour and discrimination. India has always condmned the policy of racial discrimination followed by South Africa on every platform. India has opposed the discrimination against the Negroes in America.

Question 8.
What is Indian Nuclear Policy?
Answer:
India has stood for general and complete disarmament within the framework of the United Nations. Addressing the General Assembly, Mr. Rajiv Gandhi, Prime Minister, asked nuclear powers to eliminate all nuclear weapons by the year 2010. India is the sixth country in the world enjoying atomic power by having undertaken a successful experiment in 1974. There are four atomic power centres working in India. But this power is being utilised for peaceful and creative purpose and not for making atomic bomb.

After India conducted nuclear tests in May, 1998 United States and other countries urged India to sign CTBT (Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty) unconditionally. But India reiterated its stand that since the treaty is discriminatory, they are not acceptable to the nation without any change.

Question 9.
Write any four characteristics of Indian Foreign Policy.
Or
Write any three basic principles of India’s Foreign Policy.
Answer:
1. Non-Alignment:
Non-alignment is the basic principle of India’s foreign policy. In fact, India was the first country which initiated the policy of non-alignment which was adopted by most of the countries of Asia and Africa which attained independence in the post world war-II period.

2. Opposition to the policy of Caste, Colour and Discrimination etc. Another basic principle of India’s foreign policy is that it has always raised voice against the policy of caste, colour and discrimination.

3. Opposition to Imperialism:
India has always opposed imperialism and colonialism. India regards imperialism to be injurious to world peace as it leads to war.

4. Faith in United Nations: India is a founding member of the United Nations and has full faith in the aims and principles of the United Nations.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is meant by Foreign Policy?
Answer:
Foreign policy is the set of principles and means adopted by a nation for defining, justifying and securing the objectives of national interests. According to Dr. Mohinder Kumar, “Foreign Policy is a thought out course of action for achieving objectives in foreign relations as dictated by the ideology of national interest.”

Question 2.
Write down the principles of Panchsheel.
Answer:
Following are the five principles of Panchsheel:

  • Mutual respect for each other’s territorial integrity and sovereignty.
  • Non-aggression.
  • Non-intervention in another’s domestic affairs.
  • Mutual benefit and equality.
  • Peaceful co-existence.

Question 3.
Mention any two determinants of India’s Foreign Policy.
Answer:

  1. Geographical Factors: The geographical factors have contributed a lot in determining India’s foreign policy.
  2. Economic Factors: Economic factors have largely influenced the Indian policy. Population, national resources, technology etc. have played a remarkable role in determining foreign policy.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 4.
What is the meaning of Non-Alignment?
Answer:
Pt. Nehru, the architect of India’s foreign policy, adopted non-alignment as its base. Following are the meanings derived from the policy of non-alignment.

  • India has not joined any bloc nor will it join any group.
  • The policy of non-alignment is an independent policy

Question 5.
What is meant by statement that India is opposed to Colonialism and Racialism?
Answer:
1. India has always opposed imperialism and colonialism. India regards colonialism to be injurious to world peace as it leads to war. India has always supported the national movement in the slave countries. India strived to libterate countries like Malaya, Algeria, Congo, Morocco etc.

2. India has always raised voice against the policy of caste, colour and discrimination. India has always condmned the policy of racial discrimination followed by South Africa on every platform. India has opposed the discrimination against the Negroes in America.

Question 6.
Write any two characteristics of Indian Foreign Policy.
Answer:

  • Non-Alignment. Non-alignment is the basic principle of India’s foreign policy.
  • Opposition to the policy of Caste, Colour and Discrimination etc.

Another basic principle of India’s foreign policy is that it has always raised voice against the policy of caste, colour and discrimination.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

One Line Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you mean by Foreign policy?
Answer:
Foreign policy is a group of those rules and principles through which a country establishes its relations with the other country.

Question 2.
In which Articles of the Indian Constitution the principles of foreign policy have been mentioned?
Answer:
In Art. 51 of the Directive Principles, the principles of foreign policy have been mentioned.

Question 3.
What are the main basic principles of the Indian foreign policy?
Answer:

  • Non-alignment
  • Protection of National Interests
  • Opposition to the policy of Apartheid.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 4.
Who was the main architect of Indian Foreign Policy?
Answer:
Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru was the main architect of Indian foreign policy.

Question 5.
Mention the main feature of Indian Foreign Policy.
Answer:
The main feature of India’s foreign policy is Non-alignment.

Question 6.
What do you mean by Non-alignment?
Answer:
Non-alignment means not to join any group and to have free domestic and foreign policy. It means that India is free and has not joined any group.

Question 7.
Write down any two determining factors of India’s foreign policy.
Answer:

  • Geographical position of India.
  • History of Indian struggle for freedom.

Question 8.
What is the meaning of Panch-Sheel?
Answer:
Panch-Sheel is the group of those five principles which were mentioned in the Preamble of an Agreement between India and China in 1954.

Question 9.
Mention any one element of Panch-Sheel.
Answer:

  • To honour territorial integrity and sovereignty of each other.
  • Peaceful co-existence.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 10.
Write down any two objectives of the foreign policy of India.
Answer:

  • To defend the territorial integrity.
  • To maintain and encourage international peace and security.

Question 11.
Mention any two principles of India regarding establishment of relations with other countries of the world.
Answer:

  • To promote international peace and security.
  • To establish honourable and peaceful relations among nations of the world.

Fill in The Blanks

1. India became independent in …………………………  .
Answer:
1947

2. ………………………… is main important policy of Indian foreign policy.
Answer:
Non-aligned Movement

3. Baidung conference was held in …………………………  .
Answer:
1955

4. India made its first Nuclear test in …………………………
Answer:
1974

5. So far ………………………… summits have been completed of Non-aligned movement.
Answer:
17.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

True Or False Statement

1. India is a peaceful country.
Answer:
True

2. India is an imperialist state.
Answer:
False

3. Economic factor effects the Indian foreign policy.
Answer:
True

4. Non-aligned Movement is a main feature of Indian foreign policy.
Answer:
True

5. India is a supporter of Panchsheel.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
The principles of Panchsheel were first propounded at international level between:
(a) India and China
(b) India and Pakistan
(c) India and Sri Lanka
(d) India and Japan.
Answer:
(a) India and China

Question 2.
‘The foreign policy of a country is the outcome of her economic policy.’ This remark was made by:
(a) Indira Gandhi
(b) Jawaharlal Nehru
(c) Morarji Desai
(d) Charan Singh.
Answer:
(b) Jawaharlal Nehru

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 14 Foreign Policy of India-Determinants and Basic Principles

Question 3.
Main principles of Indian Foreign Policy are:
(a) NAM
(b) Opposition to imperialism
(c) Support to UNO
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 4.
Which out of the following is not the feature of Indian Foreign Policy?
(a) Faith in the aims of UNO
(b) Support for disarmament
(c) Support for colour discrimination
(d) Non-Alignment.
Answer:
(c) Support for colour discrimination

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 Political Science Chapter 13 National Integration

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Define National Integration. Write suggestions to solve the problems of National Integration in India.
Or
Define National Integration. Explain the difficulties faced in way of National Integration.
Or
Explain three obstacles in the way of National Integration and also give any three suggestions to maintain National Integration in India.
Answer:
National Integration is our basic need. It means national unity or combining all the people of the nation into a single whole. It is a particular sentiment that binds together all people in one common bond. National integration refers to social and political integration within a nation-state. National integration is identifiable by the psychological or attitudinal criterion of an individual’s sense of belonging to his or her own nation. National integration includes nation-building and state-building.

A psychological and educational process……… involving the development of a feeling of unity, solidarity and cohesion, in the hearts of people, a sense of common citizenship (destiny) and a feeling of loyalty to the nation.

National Integration promotes political stability. It is essential to preserve our hard won independence. This problem has assumed new dimensions due to disruptive and divisive forces of communalism and linguism which are raising their ugly head in different parts of the country.

Today India is free but it is like a house divided against its own self. Instead of national integration or unity there is national disintegration. Anti-social and anti-national forces are gaining ground. Prof. R. Bhaskaran rightly observes that we feel the dire need of national integration as there is every fear that clashes can occur here in India due to casteism, communalism, linguism and provincialism. These are the expressions of narrow outlook and activities of the citizens and groups who pursue personal interests above national interests. Though the Indian government has strived to solve the problem of national integration, yet it exists even today.

Hindrances in The Way of National Integration:
There are innumerable hindrances in the way of National Integration owing to linguistic fanaticism, regionalism, separatist tendencies and communalism. Some of these obstacles are as under:
1. Language:
India is a multi-lingual nation. According to the population statistics collected in 1961, 1018 languages are spoken in India and 26 are prominent. They are Hindi, Punjabi, Assamese, Gujarati, Marathi, Bengali, Urdu, English, Tamil, Sindhi, etc. The states were reorganised in 1956 on the lingual basis to promote national integration. But it too, couldn’t solve the problem. Clashes took place in Mumbai over Gujarati and Marathi languages resulting in the division of Mumbai into two parts—Maharashtra and Gujarat in 1960.

Punjab was reconstituted in 1966 on lingual basis, resulting in the formation of Haryana. There is wide-spread grouping in India on the language issue and people are averse to consider this problem open-mindedly, so much so that even now there is no consensus about the national language and though the Constitution has made Hindi the official language, it has been opposed by the southern states in general and by Tamil Nadu in particular.

2. Communalism:
Communalism poses a strong challenge to National Integration. India was partitioned because of Hindu-Muslim communalism and these communal disputes are recurrent even in free India. Communal riots many a time took place in Ranchi, Jabalpur, Indore, Ahmedabad, Aligarh, Muradabad, Jammu & Kashmir. No part of the country is free from communal disturbances. In some parts of the country, religious places are being used for political purposes which is most unfortunate. The communal feelings totally mar the feeling of national unity and hinder the path of National Integration.

3. Casteism:
Casteism is another obstruction in the way of National Integration. Dr. Radhakrishnan, the then Vice-President of India, expressed his view in this context while addressing the first National Integration Conference. He opined that casteism is to be eliminated as a social evil, but it has emerged as a political and administrative evil. Casteism is being staked to win elections and absorb more people in jobs. Shri Jai Prakash Narayan once commented— casteism is the most prominent political party in India. Casteism has crept even into administrative fields.

4. Regionalism:
Regionalism poses another threat to National Integration. Regionalism is largely an outcome of economic and political reasons. The regions which are backward economically launch agitations for their economic development. Even political parties resort to regionalism to strengthen their stand. Akali Dal in Punjab, D.M.K. and Anna D.M.K. in Tamil Nadu, Telgu Desam in Andhra Pardesh —all depended upon regionalism to make themselves strong.

5. Poverty:
Poverty is the greatest hindrance in the way of National Integration. Indian society is replete with poverty. The poor are frustrated to see another class of society being prosperous and so the desperate politicans exploit it to satisfy their political ambitions.

6. Unacceptability of the basic values of the Constitution:
All the political parties do not accept the basic values of the Constitution. The communist and communal parties primarily are opposed to the basic values of Constitution.

7. Lack of Education:Majority of the people in India are illiterate and so the leaders with vested interests easily lead the common people to the path of agitation. Selfish political leaders play with the sentiments of innocent people in the name of religion, caste, language and provincialism to grind, their own axe.

8. Failure of Socialism:
According to Prof. Govind Ram Verma, failure of socialism has all the more complicated problem of National Integration. Had socialism succeeded, all would have enjoyed its fruit. But now unemployment, backwardness, poverty, economic inequality discourage emotional integration creating various political problems.

9. Corruption:
Indian Administration is the very embodiment of corruption which hinders National Integration. People have lost faith in Administration and an atmosphere of chaos and misrule prevails. Such disruptive tendencies severely challenge National Integration.

10. Government’s Policy:
The Government’s policy is considered to be another obstacle in the process of National Integration. The government has miserably failed in curbing disintegrating forces. The Congress leaders have raised voices against casteism, regionalism, communalism from time to time, but it has promoted regionalism and casteism in practice.

11. Sons of the Soil Theory:
Sons of the Soil theory is a serious threat to National Integration. This theory has practically nullified the concept of single Indian citizenship, thereby shaking the very foundation of India’s national unity.

12. Role of Political Parties:
The role of some of the political parties in the process of national integration has been disintegrative and negative. Regional Political Parties have spread the virus of communalism and casteism in the country and thereby they have weakened the process of national integration.

Methods to Remove Hindrances in the way of National Integration:
It is imperative to eliminate all obstacles to achieve National Integration. Here are some of the steps to get rid of these stumbling blocks.

1. Economic Development:
The country should be economically developed to bring about national integration. The possibilities of National Integration can be enhanced by overcoming unemployment, economic inequality, poverty and by properly sharing economic benefits.

2. Reforms in Political Atmosphere:
The political atmosphere in the country should be improved to effect National Integration. The people of different communities, castes and regions lack mutual faith and the same should be inculcated to improve political atmosphere in the country. It will ultimately help in achieving National Integration.

3. Proper Educational System:
Proper Educational System is as vital step to bring about National Integration. The country should have a uniform educational pattern aimed at inculcating the spirit of nationalism among the students who are the future citizens. The teachers in the educational institutions should be nationalists to the backbone.

4. Secularism should be real:
India has been declared a secular state in the Constitution, but it should be put into practice as well. People should be made to develop religious tolerance for other religions.

5. To remove corruption:
The administration should be cleansed of every type of corruption to achieve national integration.

6. Cultural Exchange:
Cultural programmes should be arranged among the people of different communities speaking diverse languages to create national integration.

7. Contribution of Political Parties:
Political parties can significantly contribute to bring about national integration. Political parties should not provoke religious, lingual and regional feelings of the masses for their vested interests, rather they should build a healthy public opinion for national integration.

8. Change in the policies of Government:
The central government must change its policies to create a suitable atmosphere for national integration. The government should give up its discriminatory policies. It should accept the genuine demands of the people without providing an opportunity to launch agitations or movements.

9. Restrictions on Communal Organisations:
Communal organisations should be put under strict control to achieve National Integration. The masses, too, should be enlightened about the propriety of the restrictions imposed upon communal organisations.

Steps taken to achieve National Integration:
The efforts which have been made so far for the achievement of National Integration can be classified under three heads:
1. Legislations passed by the Government.
2. Steps taken by Government and formal organisations.
3. Work done by informal organisations.

1. Legislations passed by the Government:
The government passed two legislations in 1961 to restrict communal propaganda. Any propaganda spreading hatred and enmity among people of different communities was declared a cognizable offence through these legislations. Moreover, there is a provision in the law that if a man is punished under this law, he forefeits his claim to contest elections and to franchise. In 1963, 16th amendment was affected to ensure the unity and sovereignty of the country.

2. Steps taken by Governmental and formal organisations:
A National Integration Conference was held at New Delhi from 28th Sept, to 1st Oct. 1961. The leaders of the political parties, prominent educationists, writers and scientists were invited to participate in it. This conference was of the view that political parties promoted communalism, casteism and regionalism and so they needed a set code of conduct. It contains following points:

(i) No political party should resort to a propaganda creating tension among the communities believing in different religions and speaking different languages.

(ii) The political parties should not launch any movement pertaining to communal, regional and lingual problems.

(iii) Political parties should not disrupt the meeting and exhibitions organised by other parties.

(iv) Political power should not be utilised to fulfil intra-party ends.

(v) The Government shouldn’t impose undesirable restrictions upon the freedom of citizens so that political parties may be able to work freely. The conference formed a National Integration Council consisting of Prime Minister, Home Minister, Chief Ministers of States, seven leaders of political parties, Chairman of University Grants Commission, two educationists, a nominee of scheduled castes and backward classes and seven persons nominated by the Prime Minister.

The Council had to chalk out a code of conduct for the masses, Press and students had to consider the complaints of the minority classes. On 20th June, 1968 the council held its meeting in Srinagar and condemned all tendencies which harm national integration. Communal riots occurred at Ahmedabad in 1969 and at Bhiwandi in May, 1970. The National Integration Council prepared a programme for mass- movement to end communalism. In 1970 the All India Committee of the ruling Congress passed a resolution suggesting that semi-militant and Communal organisations like R.S.S. and Jammait-Islam had no palce in secular society.

In June, 1975, Mrs. Gandhi after declaring internal emergency formed two committees to consider the problem of National Integration. One committee was headed by Brahma Nand Reddy and the second by Prof. Nurul Husan. A meeting was held at Delhi on 28th Nov. 1976, under the chairmanship of Mr. Reddy and seven-point programme was prepared for National Integration. In 1980 National Integration Council was revived. In June, 1987 a meeting of the Committee of National Integration Council was held and it condemned communal and anti-national forces.

Mr. V.P. Singh became Prime Minister on 2nd Dec. 1989. He called meeting of the National Integration Council which at its first meeting in April, 1990 adopted a five-point resolution affirming the resolve of the people to meet the challenges facing the country’s unity, integrity and its secular democratic polity in a united and determined manner.

Reorganisation of National Integration Council 1991. In Oct. 1991 Prime Minister Narsimha Rao reorganised National Integration Council and its members were increased. A meeting of the reconstituted National Integration Council was held on 2nd Nov., 1991 and discussion took place on the methods to maintain communal harmony. In this meeting general consensus was that Babri Masjid should not be touched and Ram Mandir should be built.

Meeting of the Standing Committee of the National Integration Council. On 22nd Oct. 1993 a meeting of the Standing committee of the National Integration Council was held and it supported the actions taken by the government to maintain communal harmony and peace. Reorganisation of National Integration Council-2010. On April, 12, 2010 Prime Minister Dr. Manmohan Singh reorganised National Integration Council. Total members of its organisation is 147. Meeting of National Integration Council was held in Sept. 2013. In this meeting, the Council criticised the communal riots.

3. Work done by informal organisations:
Two informal organisations are prominent
1. Insani Biradri and
2. All India anti-communal committee.
‘Insani Biradri’ was established in 1970. Shri Jai Prakash Narayan was nominated its President and Sheikh Abdullah its Vice-President. But this organisation proved ineffective as it could not define communal organisations. All India Anti-communal Committee was headed by Smt. Subhadra Joshi. This organisation believes that combined forces of communalism are responsible for communal riots and Rashtriya Sawayam Sevak Sangh is prominent of them all.

The sixth conference of this committee was held at Delhi in 1974 and it suggested to put legal restrictions on communal organisations. It is of the view that the representatives of a communal organisation hke Muslim League shouldn’t be given any place in National Integration Council and every effort should be made to secularise educational system.

Conclusion
Thus the way of National Integration is blocked with innumerable hurdles which must be eliminated. It is imperative to develop emotional integration among the diverse communities having diverse languages, religions and diverse customs. So National Integration is necessary because unity is strength. Indians should transcend their petty differences and make Mother India happy, prosperous and united. Let the unity in diversity, the main feature of Indian society, be strengthened for all the times to come.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Question 2.
Discuss the various methods of national integration. What are the four aspects of national integeration?
Answer:
Various methods of National Integration:
National Integration is our basic need. It means national unity or combining all the people of the nation into a single whole. It is a particular sentiment that binds together all people in one common bond. National integration refers to social and political integration within a nation-state. National integration is identifiable by the psychological or attitudinal criterion of an individual’s sense of belonging to his or her own nation. National integration includes nation-building and state-building.

A psychological and educational process……. involving the development of a feeling of unity, solidarity and cohesion, in the hearts of people, a sense of common citizenship (destiny) and a feeling of loyalty to the nation.

National Integration promotes political stability. It is essential to preserve our hard won independence. This problem has assumed new dimensions due to disruptive and divisive forces of communalism and linguism which are raising their ugly head in different parts of the country.

Today India is free but it is like a house divided against its own self. Instead of national integration or unity there is national disintegration. Anti-social and anti-national forces are gaining ground. Prof. R. Bhaskaran rightly observes that we feel the dire need of national integration as there is every fear that clashes can occur here in India due to casteism, communalism, linguism and provincialism. These are the expressions of narrow outlook and activities of the citizens and groups who pursue personal interests above national interests. Though the Indian government has strived to solve the problem of national integration, yet it exists even today.

Hindrances in The Way of National Integration:
There are innumerable hindrances in the way of National Integration owing to linguistic fanaticism, regionalism, separatist tendencies and communalism. Some of these obstacles are as under:
1. Language:
India is a multi-lingual nation. According to the population statistics collected in 1961, 1018 languages are spoken in India and 26 are prominent. They are Hindi, Punjabi, Assamese, Gujarati, Marathi, Bengali, Urdu, English, Tamil, Sindhi, etc. The states were reorganised in 1956 on the lingual basis to promote national integration. But it too, couldn’t solve the problem. Clashes took place in Mumbai over Gujarati and Marathi languages resulting in the division of Mumbai into two parts Maharashtra and Gujarat in 1960.

Punjab was reconstituted in 1966 on lingual basis, resulting in the formation of Haryana. There is wide-spread grouping in India on the language issue and people are averse to consider this problem open-mindedly, so much so that even now there is no consensus about the national language and though the Constitution has made Hindi the official language, it has been opposed by the southern states in general and by Tamil Nadu in particular.

2. Communalism:
Communalism poses a strong challenge to National Integration. India was partitioned because of Hindu-Muslim communalism and these communal disputes are recurrent even in free India. Communal riots many a time took place in Ranchi, Jabalpur, Indore, Ahmedabad, Aligarh, Muradabad, Jammu & Kashmir. No part of the country is free from communal disturbances. In some parts of the country, religious places are being used for political purposes which is most unfortunate. The communal feelings totally mar the feeling of national unity and hinder the path of National Integration.

3. Casteism:
Casteism is another obstruction in the way of National Integration. Dr. Radhakrishnan, the then Vice-President of India, expressed his view in this context while addressing the first National Integration Conference. He opined that casteism is to be eliminated as a social evil, but it has emerged as a political and administrative evil. Casteism is being staked to win elections and absorb more people in jobs. Shri Jai Prakash Narayan once commented— casteism is the most prominent political party in India. Casteism has crept even into administrative fields.

4. Regionalism:
Regionalism poses another threat to National Integration. Regionalism is largely an outcome of economic and political reasons. The regions which are backward economically launch agitations for their economic development. Even political parties resort to regionalism to strengthen their stand. Akali Dal in Punjab, D.M.K. and Anna D.M.K. in Tamil Nadu, Telgu Desam in Andhra Pardesh —all depended upon regionalism to make themselves strong.

5. Poverty:
Poverty is the greatest hindrance in the way of National Integration. Indian society is replete with poverty. The poor are frustrated to see another class of society being prosperous and so the desperate politicans exploit it to satisfy their political ambitions.

6. Unacceptability of the basic values of the Constitution:
All the political parties do not accept the basic values of the Constitution. The communist and communal parties primarily are opposed to the basic values of Constitution.

7. Lack of Education:Majority of the people in India are illiterate and so the leaders with vested interests easily lead the common people to the path of agitation. Selfish political leaders play with the sentiments of innocent people in the name of religion, caste, language and provincialism to grind, their own axe.

8. Failure of Socialism:
According to Prof. Govind Ram Verma, failure of socialism has all the more complicated problem of National Integration. Had socialism succeeded, all would have enjoyed its fruit. But now unemployment, backwardness, poverty, economic inequality discourage emotional integration creating various political problems.

9. Corruption:
Indian Administration is the very embodiment of corruption which hinders National Integration. People have lost faith in Administration and an atmosphere of chaos and misrule prevails. Such disruptive tendencies severely challenge National Integration.

10. Government’s Policy:
The Government’s policy is considered to be another obstacle in the process of National Integration. The government has miserably failed in curbing disintegrating forces. The Congress leaders have raised voices against casteism, regionalism, communalism from time to time, but it has promoted regionalism and casteism in practice.

11. Sons of the Soil Theory:
Sons of the Soil theory is a serious threat to National Integration. This theory has practically nullified the concept of single Indian citizenship, thereby shaking the very foundation of India’s national unity.

12. Role of Political Parties:
The role of some of the political parties in the process of national integration has been disintegrative and negative. Regional Political Parties have spread the virus of communalism and casteism in the country and thereby they have weakened the process of national integration.

Methods to Remove Hindrances in the way of National Integration:
It is imperative to eliminate all obstacles to achieve National Integration. Here are some of the steps to get rid of these stumbling blocks.

1. Economic Development:
The country should be economically developed to bring about national integration. The possibilities of National Integration can be enhanced by overcoming unemployment, economic inequality, poverty and by properly sharing economic benefits.

2. Reforms in Political Atmosphere:
The political atmosphere in the country should be improved to effect National Integration. The people of different communities, castes and regions lack mutual faith and the same should be inculcated to improve political atmosphere in the country. It will ultimately help in achieving National Integration.

3. Proper Educational System:
Proper Educational System is as vital step to bring about National Integration. The country should have a uniform educational pattern aimed at inculcating the spirit of nationalism among the students who are the future citizens. The teachers in the educational institutions should be nationalists to the backbone.

4. Secularism should be real:
India has been declared a secular state in the Constitution, but it should be put into practice as well. People should be made to develop religious tolerance for other religions.

5. To remove corruption:
The administration should be cleansed of every type of corruption to achieve national integration.

6. Cultural Exchange:
Cultural programmes should be arranged among the people of different communities speaking diverse languages to create national integration.

7. Contribution of Political Parties:
Political parties can significantly contribute to bring about national integration. Political parties should not provoke religious, lingual and regional feelings of the masses for their vested interests, rather they should build a healthy public opinion for national integration.

8. Change in the policies of Government:
The central government must change its policies to create a suitable atmosphere for national integration. The government should give up its discriminatory policies. It should accept the genuine demands of the people without providing an opportunity to launch agitations or movements.

9. Restrictions on Communal Organisations:
Communal organisations should be put under strict control to achieve National Integration. The masses, too, should be enlightened about the propriety of the restrictions imposed upon communal organisations.

Steps taken to achieve National Integration:
The efforts which have been made so far for the achievement of National Integration can be classified under three heads:
1. Legislations passed by the Government.
2. Steps taken by Government and formal organisations.
3. Work done by informal organisations.

1. Legislations passed by the Government:
The government passed two legislations in 1961 to restrict communal propaganda. Any propaganda spreading hatred and enmity among people of different communities was declared a cognizable offence through these legislations. Moreover, there is a provision in the law that if a man is punished under this law, he forefeits his claim to contest elections and to franchise. In 1963, 16th amendment was affected to ensure the unity and sovereignty of the country.

2. Steps taken by Governmental and formal organisations:
A National Integration Conference was held at New Delhi from 28th Sept, to 1st Oct. 1961. The leaders of the political parties, prominent educationists, writers and scientists were invited to participate in it. This conference was of the view that political parties promoted communalism, casteism and regionalism and so they needed a set code of conduct. It contains following points:

(i) No political party should resort to a propaganda creating tension among the communities believing in different religions and speaking different languages.

(ii) The political parties should not launch any movement pertaining to communal, regional and lingual problems.

(iii) Political parties should not disrupt the meeting and exhibitions organised by other parties.

(iv) Political power should not be utilised to fulfil intra-party ends.

(v) The Government shouldn’t impose undesirable restrictions upon the freedom of citizens so that political parties may be able to work freely. The conference formed a National Integration Council consisting of Prime Minister, Home Minister, Chief Ministers of States, seven leaders of political parties, Chairman of University Grants Commission, two educationists, a nominee of scheduled castes and backward classes and seven persons nominated by the Prime Minister.

The Council had to chalk out a code of conduct for the masses, Press and students had to consider the complaints of the minority classes. On 20th June, 1968 the council held its meeting in Srinagar and condemned all tendencies which harm national integration. Communal riots occurred at Ahmedabad in 1969 and at Bhiwandi in May, 1970. The National Integration Council prepared a programme for mass- movement to end communalism. In 1970 the All India Committee of the ruling Congress passed a resolution suggesting that semi-militant and Communal organisations like R.S.S. and Jammait-Islam had no palce in secular society.

In June, 1975, Mrs. Gandhi after declaring internal emergency formed two committees to consider the problem of National Integration. One committee was headed by Brahma Nand Reddy and the second by Prof. Nurul Husan. A meeting was held at Delhi on 28th Nov. 1976, under the chairmanship of Mr. Reddy and seven-point programme was prepared for National Integration. In 1980 National Integration Council was revived. In June, 1987 a meeting of the Committee of National Integration Council was held and it condemned communal and anti-national forces.

Mr. V.P. Singh became Prime Minister on 2nd Dec. 1989. He called meeting of the National Integration Council which at its first meeting in April, 1990 adopted a five-point resolution affirming the resolve of the people to meet the challenges facing the country’s unity, integrity and its secular democratic polity in a united and determined manner.

Reorganisation of National Integration Council 1991. In Oct. 1991 Prime Minister Narsimha Rao reorganised National Integration Council and its members were increased. A meeting of the reconstituted National Integration Council was held on 2nd Nov., 1991 and discussion took place on the methods to maintain communal harmony. In this meeting general consensus was that Babri Masjid should not be touched and Ram Mandir should be built.

Meeting of the Standing Committee of the National Integration Council. On 22nd Oct. 1993 a meeting of the Standing committee of the National Integration Council was held and it supported the actions taken by the government to maintain communal harmony and peace. Reorganisation of National Integration Council-2010. On April, 12, 2010 Prime Minister Dr. Manmohan Singh reorganised National Integration Council. Total members of its organisation is 147. Meeting of National Integration Council was held in Sept. 2013. In this meeting, the Council criticised the communal riots.

3. Work done by informal organisations:
Two informal organisations are prominent
1. Insani Biradri and
2. All India anti-communal committee.
‘Insani Biradri’ was established in 1970. Shri Jai Prakash Narayan was nominated its President and Sheikh Abdullah its Vice-President. But this organisation proved ineffective as it could not define communal organisations. All India Anti-communal Committee was headed by Smt. Subhadra Joshi. This organisation believes that combined forces of communalism are responsible for communal riots and Rashtriya Sawayam Sevak Sangh is prominent of them all.

The sixth conference of this committee was held at Delhi in 1974 and it suggested to put legal restrictions on communal organisations. It is of the view that the representatives of a communal organisation hke Muslim League shouldn’t be given any place in National Integration Council and every effort should be made to secularise educational system.

The Four Aspects of National Integeration:
1. Psychological Aspect:
Emotional integration of the people forms a key component of National Integration in India and it is taken to mean the development of a strong brotherhood and fraternity among all its people. It essentially stands for psychological and emotional integration of the people into a nation capable of securing its objectives through integrative behaviour.

2. Economic Aspect:
Economic aspect of National Integration means development of all parts of the country and economic disparities should be minimised.

3. Social Aspect:
Social aspect means all classes and communities of India should get equal oppotunities for development. All people should be treated as equal. There should be no discrimination on the basis of caste, colour, religion, sex etc.

4. Political Aspect: Political demands of different regions of the country should be given due consideration.

Conclusion
Thus the way of National Integration is blocked with innumerable hurdles which must be eliminated. It is imperative to develop emotional integration among the diverse communities having diverse languages, religions and diverse customs. So National Integration is necessary because unity is strength. Indians should transcend their petty differences and make Mother India happy, prosperous and united. Let the unity in diversity, the main feature of Indian society, be strengthened for all the times to come.
Aspects of National Integration. Following are the various aspects of National Integration.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write down the meaning of National Integration in India.
Or
Write down the meaning of National Integration.
Answer:
National Integration means ur.it” T or combining all the people of the nation into a single whole. It is a particular sentiment that binds together all people in one common bond. National Integration includes nation-building and state-building. In the words of Dr. R.S. Radhakrishnan, “National Integration is not a house which could be built by mortar and bricks. It is not an implementation plan which could be discussed and implemented by experts. Integration, on the contrary, is a thought which must go into the hearts of the people. It is the consciousness which must awaken the people at large.”

Question 2.
What do you know about psychological aspect of National Integration?
Or
What is psychological aspect of National Integration?
Answer:
Emotional integration of the people forms a key component of National Integration in India and it is taken to mean the development of a strong brotherhood and fraternity among all its people. It essentially stands for psychological and emotional integration of the people into a nation capable of securing its objectives through integrative behaviour.

Question 3.
What are the different aspects of National Integration in India?
Answer:

1. Economic Aspect:
Economic aspect of National Integration means development of all parts of the country and economic disparities should be minimised.

2. Social Aspect:
Social aspect means all classes and communities of India should get equal opportunities for development. All people should be treated equal. There should be no discrimination on the basis of caste, colour, religion, sex etc.

3. Political Aspect. Political demands of different regions of the country should be given due considerations.

4. Another aspect of National Integration is psychological.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Question 4.
Explain four hindrances in the way of National Integration.
Or
Write four hindrances in the way of National Integration.
Answer:
1. Language:
India is a multi-lingual nation and in India the role of language has been more disintegrative rather than integrative. So much so that even now there is no consensus about the National Language as Hindi is opposed by some people.

2. Regionalism: Regionalism is a threat to the National Integration. Growing regional feelings have become a burning problem for India.
3. Communalism:
Communalism poses a strong challenge to national integration. Political parties are polluting the political environment by using communal propaganda.

4. Casteism: Casteism is another obstruction in the way of National Integration. The role of caste is growing day-by-day in political affairs.

Question 5.
How are the Communalism and Sons of Soil Principle (Regionalism) important obstacles in the way of National Integration in India?
Or
How does the regionalism influence National Integration in India?
Answer:
Communalism and Regionalism are proving the biggest challenges in the way of National Integration in India.
Communalism:
Communalism poses a strong challenge to National Integration. India was partitioned because of Hindu-Muslim communalism and these communal disputes are recurrent even in free India. Communal riots many a time took place in Ranchi, Jabalpur, Indore, Ahmedabad, Aligarh, Muradabad, Jammu & Kashmir. No part of the country is free from communal disturbances. In some parts of the country, religious places are being used for political purposes which is most unfortunate. The communalistic feelings totally mar the feeling of national unity and hinder the path of National Integration.

Sons of Soil or Regionalism:
Regionalism poses a big threat to National Integration. Regionalism is largely an outcome of economic and political reasons. The regions which are backward economically launch agitations for their economic development. Even political parties resort to regionalism to strengthen their stand.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Question 6.
What is the need of the National Integration in India?
Answer:
National Integration is first and foremost need for any state. Today India is free but it is like a house divided against its own self. Instead of national integration or unity there is national disintegration. Anti-social and anti-national forces are gaining ground. Prof. R. Bhaskaran rightly observes that we feel the dire need of national integration as there is every fear that clashes can occur here in India due to casteism, communalism, linguism and provincialism. These are the expressions of narrow outlook and activities of the citizens and groups who pursue personal interests above national interests. Though the Indian government has strived to solve the problem of national integration, yet it exists even today.

Question 7.
Give any four suggestions to promote National Integration in India.
Answer:
1. Economic Development: The country should be economically developed to bring about national integration.

2. Proper Educational System:
Proper Educational System is a vital step to bring about national integration. The teachers in the educational institutions should be nationalists to the backbone.

3. Reforms in Political Atmosphere:
The political atmosphere in the country should be improved to effect National Integration. The people of different communities, castes and regions lack mutual faith and the same should be inculcated to improve political atmosphere in the country.

4. Secularism should be real: People of India should be made to develop religious tolerance for other religions.

Question 8.
Examine steps taken towards National Integration.
Answer:
After independence many steps have been taken for the achievement of national integration. Following are some of them:
1. In 1961 the government passed two legislations to restrict communal propaganda. Any propaganda spreading hatred and enmity among people of different communities was declared a cognizable offence through these legislations.

2. In 1963, 16th Amendment was effected to ensure the unity and sovereignty of the country.

3. In different meetings of National Integration Council, the issue of National Integration is discussed and suggestions are given for the promotion of National Integration.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Question 9.
What role can Education play in the promotion of National Integration?
Answer:
Proper educational system is a vital step to bring about National Integration. The country should have a uniform educational pattern aimed at inculcating the spirit of nationalism among the students who are the future citizens. The teachers in the educational institutions should be nationalists to the backbone.

Question 10.
What do you mean by political and social aspects of National Integration?
Answer:
For the National Integration of the country, it is very much necessary that full attention should be paid towards the political demands of the people of different 1 parts of India. Political power in the centre should be in the hands of such a party as can have the loyalty and faith of the majority of the people of the country. On the basis of language Indian states were organised. At the centre as well as in all the
states, elected governments are working but still politically, many people are dissatisfied. The demands for the establishment of separate independent states are increasing and creating the atmosphere of political disintegration in the country.

Social aspect of National Integration means that there should be equal justice, treatment and opportunity to all the citizens of India. There should be no social discrimination with any particular community or the people on the basis of caste, religion, creed, sex, property etc. Though untouchability is constitutionally abolished in India, yet practically, in many parts of India, people believe in caste system.

Question 11.
What is National Integration Parishad (Council)?
Answer:
A National Integration Conference was held at New Delhi from 28th Sept, to 1st Oct. 1961. The leaders of the political parties, prominent educationists, writers and scientists were invited to participate in it. This conference was of the view that political parties promoted Communalism, Casteism and Regionalism and so they needed a set code of conduct.

The conference formed a National Integration Council consisting of Prime Minister, Home Minister, Chief Ministers of States, seven leaders of Political Parties, Chairman of University Grants Commission, Two Educationists, a Nominee of Scheduled Castes and Backward Classes and seven persons nominated by the Prime Minister. The National Integration Council in its first meeting gave a direction to the process of National Integration by defining the type of National Integration that was to be secured in India.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you understand by National Integration?
Answer:
National Integration means uniting or combining all the people of the nation into a single whole. It is a particular sentiment that binds together all people in one common bond. National Integration includes nation-building and state-building.

Question 2.
What do you mean by psychological aspect of National Integration?
Answer:
Emotional integration of the people forms a key component of National Integration in India and it is taken to mean the development of a strong brotherhood and fraternity among all its people. It essentially stands for psychological and emotional integration of the people into a nation capable of securing its objectives through integrative behaviour.

Question 3.
Write any one famous definition of National Integration.
Or
Write any one definition of National Integration.
Answer:
According to Dr. R.S. Radhakrishnan, “National Integration is not a house which could be built by mortar and bricks. It is not an implementation plan which could be discussed and implemented by experts. Integration, on the contrary, is a thought which must go into the hearts of the people. It is the consciousness which must awaken the people at large.”

Question 4.
Discuss any two hindrances in the way of National Integration.
Answer:
1. Language:
India is a multi-lingual nation and in India the role of language has been more disintegrative rather than integrative. So much so that even now there is no consensus about the National Language as Hindi is opposed by some people.

2. Regionalism: Regionalism is a threat to the National Integration. Growing regional feelings have beeome a burning problem for India.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Question 5.
Give any two suggestions to promote National Integration in India.
Answer:

  1. Economic Development: The country should be economically developed to bring about national integration.
  2. Proper Educational System: Proper Educational System is a vital step to bring about national integration. The teachers in the educational institutions should be nationalists to the backbone.

Question 6.
Examine any two steps taken towards National Integration.
Answer:
After independence many steps have been taken for the achievement of national integration. Following are some of them:
1. In 1961 the government passed two legislations to restrict communal propaganda. Any propaganda spreading hatred and enmity among people of different communities was declared a cognizable offence through these legislations.
2. In 1963, 16th Amendment was effected to ensure the unity and sovereignty of the country.

Question 7.
What role can Education play in the promotion of National Integration?
Answer:
Proper Educational system is a vital step to bring about National Integration. The country should have a uniform educational pattern aimed at inculcating the spirit of nationalism among the students who are the future citizens. The teachers in the educational institutions should be nationalists to the backbone.

Question 8.
What do you know about National Integration Parishad (Council)?
Answer:
A National Integration Conference was held at New Delhi from 28th Sept, to 1st Oct. 1961. This conference was of the view that political parties promoted Communalism, Casteism and Regionalism and so they needed a set code of conduct. The conference formed a National Integration Council consisting of Prime Minister, Home Minister, Chief Ministers of States, seven leaders of Political Parties, Chairman of University Grants Commission, Two Educationists, a Nominee of Scheduled Castes and Backward Classes and seven persons nominated by the Prime Minister.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

One Line Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain the meaning of National Integration.
Answer:
The real meaning of National Integration is to foster the feeling of association with one nation among those who live in a country having different and diverse cultures.

Question 2.
Give one definition of National Integration.
Answer:
According to Mynor Weiner, “National Integration implies observance of divisive forces that would balkanize the nation and presence of attitudes throughout the society that give preference to national and public interests as distinct from parochial interests.”

Question 3.
Mention any two aspects of National Integration.
Answer:

  1. Political Aspect
  2. Economic Aspect.

Question 4.
What is National Integration Council?
Or
When was National Integration Council formed?
Answer:
National Integration Council is such an institution which aims to promote national development. It was established in 1961.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Question 5.
Who is the founder of the Institution ‘Insani Biradri’?
Answer:
Khan Abdul Guffar Khan.

Question 6.
Why was Insani Biradari formed?
Answer:
To face the dragon of Communalism, an organisation named Insani Biradri was established in 1970.

Fill in The Blanks

1. National integrity depends on ……………..  .
Answer:
National Integration

2. The states were reorganised in 1956 on the …………….. basis to promote National Integration.
Answer:
Lingual

3. According to Sh …………….. caste in India is the most important Political Party.
Answer:
Jai Prakash Narayan

4. There should be planned …………….. development of the whole region of the country for the promotion of national integration.
Answer:
Economic

5. ‘Insani Biradri’ was established in ……………..  .
Answer:
1970.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

True Or False Statement

1. Casteism is main hindrance in the way of National Integration.
Answer:
True

2. Poverty is not a hundrance in the way of National Integration.
Answer:
False

3. Illitrate man encourges the National Integration.
Answer:
False

4. Indian administration is the very embodiment of corruption which hinders National Integration.
Answer:
True

5. Insani Biradari was established in 1980.
Answer:
False

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Main hindrances of National Integration are:
(a) Regionalism
(b) Communalism
(c) Casteism
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 2.
Punjab was reconstituted on lingual basis in:
(a) 1947
(b) 1956
(c) 1966
(d) 1975.
Answer:
(c) 1966

Question 3.
What is the suggestion to remove hindrances in the way of National Integration?
(a) Economic Development
(b) Reform in Political Atmosphere
(c) Proper Educational System
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 National Integration

Question 4.
Which is one aspect of National Integration?
(a) Political Aspect
(b) Social Aspect
(c) Culture Aspect
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 5.
Which among them is to encourage National Integration?
(a) National Integration Council
(b) Insani Biradri
(c) All India Anti-Communal Committee
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 Political Science Chapter 12 Electoral System

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is meant by people’s participation? What are the reasons of people’s low participation in India?
Or
What is meaning of people’s participation? Explain four reasons of low and poor people’s participation in India.
Answer:
Meaning of People’s Participation:
Political participation broadly refers to a wide spectrum of political activities ranging from the simple act of voting to widespread political activism in the political process. It thus implies several voluntary activities apart from voting during the elections. It may involve joining a political party, participation in a political meeting, demonstration, rally, standing for election to the local bodies, state legislature or parliament, maintaining contacts with the elected representatives, sending petitions to the government for the redressal of grievances of the people and a number of other activities concerned in any way with the political system of the country.

Reasons for Low People’s Participation in Indian Democracy:
India is the biggest demorcratic country in the world. But in India hardly 60% of the voters cast their votes. Following factors are responsible for people’s low participation in elections of India.

  1. Poverty: Majority of the people in India are poor. A poor person remains worried about earning his livelihood and has no time to cast his vote. The poor person does not even think about the elections.
  2. Illiteracy: Majority of the people in India are illiterate. An illiterate person does not understand the importance of the right to vote. Hence illiterate persons don’t go to cast their votes.
  3. Unemployment: Thousands of educated and uneducated people are unemployed in India. They remain indifferent to democracy and do not take interest in elections.
  4. Another reason of low people’s participation is indian democracy are indifferent views of the peoples.
  5. Corruption is another reason for low people’s participation in India.
  6. People do not have enough faith in political parties.
  7. Social and political backwardness is another reason for low people’s participation in media.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 2.
What is meant by Voting Behaviour? Write main determinants of Voting Behaviour in India.
Or
What is meant by Voting Behaviour? Write the factors which determine the Voting Behaviour in India.
Answer:
Samuel Eldersveld writes, The term ‘voting behaviour’ is not new. But it is used of late to describe certain areas of study and type of political phenomena which previously either had not been conceived or were considered irrelevant. Voting behaviour connotes today more than examination of voting records, compilation of voting statistics and computation of electoral shifts.

Students are deeply immersed in analysis of individual psychological process (perception, emotion, motivation) and their relation to political action as well as of industrial patterns, such as the communication process, and their impact on elections. Today we accept the relevance of a host of variables which, if perceived at all fifteen years ago, certainly did not constitute the focus of inquiry into voting behaviour. The term thus, has expanded in meaning and further is construed as but one area of study subscribed within the broader designation of political behaviour.”

Today voting behaviour is regarded as that area or field of political science which is most suitable for study by the application of scientific techniques. According to Bowman and Boyntion the traditional approaches to the study of this subject were of two kinds: those, which emphasised legal and constitutional aspects, aimed at the description and analysis of election laws, qualifications of voters, delimitation of constituencies and voting machinery. For example, description studies of Negro disenfranchisement. Historical accounts of election campaigns also formed part of this group. In other words, which were the result of traditional approach, were more normative and value laden.

‘Whereas the traditional approach to electoral politics is concerned primarily with assessing the quality of election choice and analysing electoral institutions, the empirical and the behavioural approaches have focussed upon the relationship among the determinants of electoral outcomes. Empirical research has attempted to identify the factors contributing to the voting decision, while behavioural research has attempted to construct theoretical generalisations explaining the interconnections of variable accounting for these decisions, making possible the prediction of future voting patterns.’

Analysis of Voting behaviour began in France in 1913, in the United States during the period between the two world wars and in the United Kingdom after the Second World War.

Factors which influence Voting Behaviour:
It is difficult to ascertain voting behaviour of the voters. Prof. Maya remarks that individual may cast his vote to protect his personal interest or that of a group to which he is loyal; he may merely express his preference for the candidate; he may take part in a ritual because it is the thing to do, like celebrating a national holiday; he may express his faith in democracy and his country; he may pass judgement on the government’s record or show his agreement with a party’s general policy; he may study type of the candidate and his party carefully.

Or he may simply flip a coin. All voting is an emotional experience for ditch-diggers and professors alike; and the people vote in the same election, but not all of them vote on it. Many factors influence the voting behaviour and some important factors which influence the voting behaviour are as below:

1. Social Class:
Social class is one of the most important factors which influence the voting behaviour. Social class is the most important determinant of the voting behaviour in the United Kingdom. While the middle class votes for the conservative party, the workers vote for the labour party. Social class is less significant in American elections than in Western Europe, yet people with low incomes tend to support the democratic party while the rich tend to be republicAnswer:

2. Religion:
Religion also influences the voting behaviour to some extent. The Unionist Party wins the overwhelming majority of protestant votes in Northern Ireland. Conservative parties in France dominate more strongly the areas of Bittany and Alsac. American ethnic minorities have tended to support the democratic party, and voting in Canada, Belgium and South Africa is still based on religious ethnic divisions. With Kennedy the candidate in 1960, four out of the five Catholics voted Democratic Party and analysis of 1964 returns indicates that this Catholic support of the Democratic Party continued. As V. D. Key says, probably the best guess is that Kennedy won because of the fact that he was a Catholic.

3. Age:
Age is also a great factor which influences the voting behaviour. Generally older voters tend to vote for conservative parties. Moreover, age reflects the historical period when the elector’s voting habits were being formed. The Michigan Survey Centre reported in 1960 that two-thirds of its respondents who could recall their first vote still identified with the same party, and 56 per cent claimed never to have crossed party lines in a presidential election.

4. Caste:
Caste is another factor which influences the behaviour of voters. In Indian caste plays a very important role in elections. Prof. Rudolph says, “Within the new context of political democracy, caste remains a central element of India’s society even while adapting itself to the values and methods of democratic politics. Indeed, it has become one of the chief means by which the Indian masses have been attached to the process of democratic politics.”

While emphasising the role of caste in the Kerala elections, Prof. Harrison says: “The success of the Kerala Communist Party as the first regional Communist Party in India to capture control of a state government can be explained, above all, to its ability to manipulate politically strategic caste lobbies within linguistic boundaries as in Andhra. The Kerala Communists were able to transform economic despair into a legislative majority because of their footing on regional caste ground, notable among the numerous Ezhaves who provided the necessary majority of constituencies.” .

5. Effect of Individual Personality:
According to Profs. Carr, Berustein and Murphy, one of the most fascinating aspects of political behaviour is the effect of individual personality traits on the voting decision.

6. The influence of Policy Views:
Key is of the opinion that great number of citizens do in fact vote according to their policy preference. In his examinations of Gallup studies ranging from 1936 to 1960, Key found a marked correlation between voters’ views on public policy issues and their support of one party or the other.

7. Party Propaganda: Party campaign and propaganda is also an important factor which influences the voting behaviour to some extent.

8. Money Power: Voters are also influenced by money power, which plays a major part in the election system.

9. Elite Influence. In every political system, howsoever modern, there are bound to be elitist sections who exercise their influence on the masses.

10. Respected and influential leaders:
Sometimes, the choice of voting is made for the vote by others, such as elders, respected persons and influential leaders.

11. Conscious thinking:
The voting decision of a voter may be the result of his conscious thinking effort to discriminate between the different choices open to him.

12. The voter’s choice is made in a concrete situation and his idea about that situation normally affects his choice and thus the general public opinion is likely to have important bearing on people’s voting choice.

Varma and Bhambari write:
Voting choice is, in one way or the other, the function of a process of political decision-making by each individual voter but that does not mean that the individual voter makes the decision in abstract; all the normal political, social and other forces which influence him and some of them are especially whipped up on the election even exert greater influence on him. As a citizen, a voter has own political and social preferences and prejudices which he must take into account while making his voting choice.

It has been traditional in voting research to emphasise the stability of voter’s behaviour and attribute change to a small group of voters, the ‘floating voters’, who lack a consistent image of the political parties and who fail to identify themselves with a particular party. According to Alan Ball, this view that while the vast majority of electors are stable in their voting behaviour, elections are decided by a relatively small, ill-informed and disinterested minority, has been challenged recently on two fronts.

First, American research has pointed to the possibility that the floating voter may not be as politically illiterate, as the more partisan voter, and secondly,and more importantly, British research has shown that electoral changes may not be due only to this small group of voters, but that in fact there is a far large element of instability in voting behaviour than was believed to be the case.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 3.
Explain any six functions of Election Commission of India.
Or
Explain the composition of the Election Commission and explain four functions of National Election Commission in India.
Or
Discuss the six functions of Election Commission of India.
Answer:
India is a sovereign democratic republic. For the successful working of democracy, elections must be held in a non-partisan spirit. The framers of our Constitution were aware of the need to have an independent and impartial agency to conduct free and fair elections in the country. To ensure this, the Constitution has provided an Election Commission to conduct fair elections.

Composition:
The Election Commission consists of the Chief Election Commissioner and such number of other Election Commissioners as the President may from time to time fix. Till 1989, the Election Commission has always been a one man commission in the sense that though the Chief Election Commissioner was always appointed, no other Election Commissioner was appointed. In 1989 the President appointed two Election Commissioners on the eve of the general elections of 1989.

However, the National Front Government, soon after it came to power, decided to abolish these posts and reverted to the earlier position. In October, 1993 the President appointed two Election Commissioners through an ordinance and gave them the same position and status as the Chief Election Commissioner. The Ordinance was challenged by the Chief Election Commissioner T.N. Seshan and the Supreme Court upheld the supremacy of the Chief Election Commissioner over the newly appointed Election Commissioners.

After the judgement given by the Supreme Court on July 1995, the Court has ruled that the Election Commissioners enjoy equal status with the Chief Election Commissioner. The appointment of Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners is made by the President. Before every general elections, the President also appoints, in consultation with the Election Commission, such Regional Commissioners as he considers necessary to assist the Election Commission. At present there are one Chief Election Commissioner and two other Election Commissioners.

The tenure and the service conditions of the Election Commission are determined by the President. Generally the Election Commissioner is appointed for a period of six years. The conditions of service of the Chief Election Commissioner shall not be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment. The Chief Election Commissioner may only be removed when 2/3 majority of the Parliament passes a resolution for his removal. Regional Commissioners can only be removed on the recommendation of the Chief Election Commissioner.

The President or the Governor of a State makes available to the Election Commission such staff as may be necessary for the discharge of its functions.
Functions of the Election Commission. Following are the main functions of the Election Commission:
1. Superintendence, direction and control of the electoral roll for election.

2. To conduct elections to Parliament and legislatures of states and also to the offices of the President and Vice-President.

3. The Election Commission fixes the time-table for the elections.

4. The Election Commission orders a fresh elections in a constituency or at a polling booth if it resorted to malpractices, such as intimidation of voters or burning of polling booths etc. or if it has vitiated the electoral process. On 21st May, 1991 Election Commission countermanded elections in two Parliamentary Constituencies.

5. The Election Commission appoints Returning Officers and Assistant Returning Officers to conduct the elections.

6. The Election Commission allots symbols to various political parties and the candidates.

7. The Election Commission is authorised to recognise a political party. It is the Election Commission that determines what political parties will be recognised at both National and state levels. Election Commission gave recognition to Seven National Political Parties and 59 state level parties.

8. The Election Commissioner is to ensure that only those persons cast their votes, who are entitled to it and that there is no impersonation.

9. The Election Commission decides where polling booths should be set up so that electorates are not required to travel a long distance.

10. The Election Commission is responsible for the safe custody of the ballot boxes and the counting of votes before the results are announced.

11. The Election Commission prepares a code of conduct for all political parties and independent candidates who are contesting elections.

12. The Election Commission supervises the staff deputed by the Union government and the State governments for the election purposes.

13. All election results are announced by the Election Commission. So far 17 elections to the Lok Sabha have been conducted. The Election Commission has acquired considerable prestige and reputation for conducting elections in a fair and free manner.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 4.
Describe the features of the Indian Electoral System.
Answer:
The main features of Indian Electoral system are:
1. Universal Adult Franchise:
In India the system of universal adult franchise has been adopted for the election of Lok Sabha and State Legislative Assemblies. Every person who is a citizen of India and who is not less than eighteen years of age has the right to exercise his vote in election of members of the House of the People and State Legislative Assemblies.

2. Direct Election:
The Constitution provides for the system of direct election of the members of the Lok Sabha and Legislative Assembly of every state by the eligible voters.

3. Joint Electoral System:
The Constitution of India provides for a system of joint electorates. Under the joint electorate system every voter in constituency is entitled to participate in electing representative from the constituency.

4. Single Member Constituency:
The Constitution of India provides for a single member constituency. For this purpose the entire country is divided into 543 constituencies. Belonging voters elect their representatives. But only one representative represents his constituency.

5. Election Commission: The Constitution has provided Election Commission to conduct free and fair elections.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 5.
Explain the main steps of Election process in India.
Or
What is election process? Name all the important stages of Indian election process.
Answer:
India is a democratic country. But India has adopted indirect democracy. Administration is run by the representatives of the people, who are elected for a fixed term. In India election procedure is as given below:

1. Constituencies:
The first important task in elections is delimitation of constituencies. Under Article 327 of the Constitution the Union Parliament is empowered to enact legislation from time to time to provide for the delimitation of constituencies for elections to Parliament and to the state legislatures. Parliament passed the Delimitation Commission Act, 1952. The Act provides for the establishment of a Delimitation Commission for the purpose of delimitating constituencies in each state after every census.

2. List of Voters:
First, temporary list of voters is prepared. If anybody’s name is excluded from the list, he can ask for inclusion of his name. But such a request is to be made within a fixed time.

3. Appointment: Senior staff for election purposes is appointed for supervision.

4. Polling Stations: In each constituency polling stations are established and a fixed number of voters are directed to cast their votes there.

5. Filing of the Nomination Papers: After the announcement of the date of elections, nomination papers are filed in favour of candidates.

6. Withdrawal of Nomination: Candidates are allowed to withdraw their names from elections. But this is to be done before the last date for withdrawal.

7. Scrutiny and Objections:
On the fixed date nomination papers are scrutinised and those papers, which are not proper, are rejected and the names of eligible candidates are announced.

8. Propaganda:
With the announcement of elections, political parties and indepedent candidates start propaganda and try to influence the voters. The party propaganda is carried out through election manifesto of the party, public meetings, door canvassing, pamphlets etc. Electioneering ceases forty- eight hours before the closing hour or polling in each constituency.

9. Polling:
On the day of the polling, a holiday is declared so that each voter can cast his vote. At polling booth voters are given ballot papers and the voter stamps against the name of the candidate whom he wants to vote. After that the voter puts the ballot paper in the ballot box.

10. Counting of votes:
After the polling is over the polling officer seals the ballot boxes in the presence of two representatives of the candidates and sends the ballot boxes at a particular place. On the fixed date ballot boxes are opiened in the presence of the representatives of candidates and votes are counted. A candidate getting the highest votes is declared elected. If a candidate fails to get one-sixth of the votes then he loses his security also.

11. Election Expenses:
Each candidate has to submit the accounts of election expenditure to the Election Commission within forty-five days of the declaration of result. The amount of election expenditure is fixed and if any candidate spends more than the fixed limit then his election is nullified.

12. Election Petition:
If any candidate is not satisfied with the impartiality of election or due to some other reason, he may appeal to the court. The court decides the case and an appeal can be made to the Supreme Court against the decision of the High Court.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 6.
What is meant by Adult Franchise? Write two arguments in favour and two against Adult Franchise.
Or
Write arguments in favour of and against Adult Franchise.
Or
Give arguments for and against Adult Franchise.
Answer:
What is Adult Franchise or Adult Suffrage? With the advent of democracy, there started a heated controversy as to which category of the people in society should be given the right to elect representatives. Some people are of the opinion that the right to vote is a function and it should be given only to those people who use it properly. Some favour property and some favour education as the basis for giving the right to vote to the people. But the majority is of the opinion that all the people should be equally given the right to vote.

By adult franchise we mean that every person, both male and female, above the age of maturity, irrespective of caste, colour, creed, property, education, profession or sex, is entitled to enjoy the right to vote in the elections. The idea underlying this principle is that the final sovereignty lies with the people as a whole and not with a particular section of society. At present nearly all the civilized countries like Britain, U.S.A., Russia, France, India, etc., have adopted this principle of Adult Suffrage’ and accordingly all the adults enjoy the right to vote. The age of attaining maturity is fixed by the State. In Britain it is 18 years, in India it is 18 years, in Switzerland it is 20 years and in Russia it is 18 years.

How Universal Adult Franchise was accepted in different countries? There has been a long struggle for the acceptance of the principle of Universal adult franchise. Many battles had to be fought, all the world over, for making it a reality. Women were not considered equal, politically, socially and legally. Hence women were not given the right to vote. Till the second decade of the twentieth century, no country had adopted Universal Adult Franchise.

New Zealand was the first country to incorporate the provisions for universal adult franchise in 1893. Manhood suffrage was introduced in Great Britain in 1918 whereas Universal Adult Franchise was introduced in 1928. The United States extended franchise to women by the 19th Amendment of the Constitution in 1919. Soviet Union, the land of the October Revolution 1917, introduced universal adult franchise in 1936. Slogan of Liberty, Equality and Fraternity was popularised by the French Revolution of 1789, but it was only in 1945 that universal adult franchise was introduced. In India Universal Adult Franchise was followed in 1950.

Arguments in Favour of Adult Franchise:
The principle of Adult Franchise possesses some fundamental merits which cannot be ignored in the modern age of democracy. The merits are as follows:
1. It is in accordance with democratic principles:
The principle of adult franchise is in accordance with the democratic principles. Democracy is a government of the people by the people and for the people. If the principle of adult franchise is not introduced then the power to govern will pass on to some section of the people instead of remaining with the people and the administration may not be run in the best interests of the masses.

2. National unity:
The system of Universal Adult franchise is quite essential for the maintenance of national unity. If only a section of the people is given the right to vote, then the entire public could not consider the government as its own. The people would be divided into two groups and the people who do not enjoy the right to vote would not extend willing co-operation to the government. This way national unity cannot be achieved. But if the system of Universal Adult Franchise is introduced, then all the citizens would consider the State as their own.

3. Laws affect all alike:
Whatever laws are framed by the government, they are not meant for a particular community or a section of the people but they affect all alike. Only those people should have the power to frame laws to whom they concern. Therefore, the introduction of the principle of Adult Franchise is essential so that everybody gets the right to participate in the election of the representatives. It is only under such circumstances that laws can be framed in accordance with the wishes of the people.

4. Peace and order:
The application of the principle of Adult Franchise lies ‘ in the establishment of peace and order in the State. The laws are framed
by the representatives of the people in accordance with their wishes. That is why the laws are willingly obeyed by the people. The people fully co-operate with the government and the laws are never violated. All this helps in the maintenance of peace and order.

5. All the people pay taxes to the government:
The government collects money from the people in the form of taxes. Now a days both the direct and indirect taxes are imposed upon the people and hence all the people pay taxes. According to democratic principle that money should be spent by those people only who have given it in the form of taxes. Therefore, all the people should have the right to send representative to that body which has the power to impose taxes upon the people.

6. Political education:
An important merit of Adult Franchise is that it gives political education to the people. If a large number of people get the right to vote, it helps in making them politically educated. When all the people participate in the election they are bound to think about the problems of the country. They will try to find out solution to all the problems which are facing the country.

7. It creates spirit of self-respect:
Through the system of Adult Franchise the people develop the spirit of self-respect. People develop the feeling that they have a share in the government of the State and they have a hand in the making of the government. They think themselves a very important part of the machinery of the State. They do not think themselves in any way inferior to anybody.

8. No danger of Revolution:
Another merit of Adult Franchise is that all the people get the right to vote and there is no danger of revolution. There are many reasons for it. First, because of Adult Franchise the government represents the entire mass of public and nobody ever complains against the government. Secondly, if the government does not function in accordance with the wishes of the people, the people can change it. The government represents all the people and no section of society opposes its actions.

9. Representation to minorities:
Due to Adult Franchise minorities also get some representation. Hence the problem of giving representation to the minorities is solved by Adult Franchise.

10. Essential for civil rights:
Every citizen enjoys civil and economic rights. To protect social and economic rights, political rights are essential and right to vote is the most important political right.

Arguments Against Adult Franchise:
There is a large number of people who find fault with the system of Adult Franchise and they put forward the following arguments in support of their viewpoint:
1. Uneducated should not be given the right to vote:
The right to vote is not a natural or an inherent right which everybody can enjoy. In fact it is a sort of special privilege which is conferred only on those persons who are best fitted to utilize it for the welfare of the State. Some people are of the opinion that the right to vote should be given only to the educated people. The educated persons can make a proper use of their rights. An uneducated person cannot understand who is the best candidate out of all.

2. Government of the fools:
The masses are ignorant and illiterate. They do not even possess the capacity or understanding to elect the best candidates and to judge the worth of governmental policy. Therefore to entrust the right of voting to ignorant masses is to welcome dangerous consequences. The system of Universal Adult Franchise establishes a government of the fools because the fools and the ignorant are in a majority in society.

3. Franchise based on property:
Some people are of the view-point that franchise should be based on property. Those who are propertied persons and who pay the taxes should have the right to elect the representatives so that these representatives could frame the laws in accordance with the wishes of the tax payers. But this argument does not carry much weight. Nowadays all the people pay taxes and the laws are applicable to all the people equally.

4. No franchise to women:
Some people are of the opinion that women should not be given the right to vote. They say that women are physically weak and they are not capable enough to take an active part in politics. Their proper place is home and not political field. Their participation in politics will disturb the peace at home. In the modern age even this argument does not carry weight. The women are taking very active and intelligent part in politics.

5. All citizens are not equal:
It is also wrong that all the people are equal. Nature has not created everybody equal. Some are wise from their very birth and others are fools. All the people cannot be given similar type of work because all are not equally competent. Therefore all the people cannot be given the right to vote and the right to contest election on equal footing.

6. Franchise is not a right but a responsibility:
Many scholars consider that the right to vote is not a right but it is a responsibility. The right can be extended only to those persons who are really capable of using it properly. If it is extended to an incompetent person, it proves very useless. Therefore the right to vote should be extended only to the capable and educated persons.

7. Radical legislation:
Another defect of adult franchise is that it helps in the framing of radical legislation. A large number of people are elected who can influence the ordinary citizens by their progressive views. These people adopt progressive measures and they create a new atmosphere in society. These progressive measures create cultural lag in society and the relationship between the present and the past is completely broken.

Conclusion:
There is no doubt that the system of Adult Franchise has been criticised on various grounds and various arguments have been put forward against it but the fact is that the merits of Adult Franchise outweigh its demerits. In the modern age almost all the countries have adopted the system of Adult Franchise. In the absence of Adult Franchise democracy is incomplete and it cannot be a success.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 7.
What do you know of the Direct and Indirect Election system? Also explain their merits and demerits.
Or
Explain the merits and demerits of the system of Direct Election.
Or
Write Merits and Demerits of Direct Election System.
Answer:
In democracy the people elect their representatives and the representatives carry out the wishes of the people. Nowadays almost all the countries have adopted the system of Adult franchise. There are two ways to electing representatives- Direct Election and Indirect Election.

Direct Election:
In the system of Direct election the voters directly participate in election and elect their representatives. The process of direct election is quite simple. Every voter goes to the polling station and records his vote either in favour or against particular candidates. A candidate securing the maximum number of votes is declared elected. This system of election is the most popular and is followed in all democratic countries for electing members of People’s Chamber. All members of the State assemblies and House of People in India are elected directly. Every adult in India exercises the right to vote.

Its Merits.
1. Firstly, direct election is consistent with the principle of democracy. People have direct share in the choice of their representatives and in determining the public policy.

2. Secondly, the system makes the citizens active and alert. Each voter feels that his voice will count in the formation of government and the selection of law-makers. A direct contact between the electors and the representatives stimulates interest in public affairs and develops the sense of public spirit. The system makes people conscious of the rights and duties and is fully in keeping with the democratic principles.

3. Thirdly, the representative elected under this system feels responsible to the people and he tries to keep himself in touch with them and better their conditions.

4. Fourthly, direct election broadens the mental outlook of the citizens since it places before them the national aspects of the social and political problems. The voters are presented the different policies and programmes of the candidates.

5. Fifthly, direct election checks the use of corrupt and unfair means in election.

Its Demerits.
1. Firstly, direct election means political excitement which leads to the election of undesirable candidates. The voters are easily carried away or misled by clever orators. They are swept off their feet by popular passion.

2. Secondly, direct election increases the election expenditure which entails a heavy burden on the public purse.

3. Thirdly, direct election places the final choice of the representatives in the hands of the masses and most of them do not have enough of intelligence or independence to vote for the right type of candidates.

4. Fourthly, direct election means election campaigns and intensive political propaganda for and against different candidates. Many citizens, therefore, who would have proved the best administrators, avoid to contest elections.
This means a great national loss.

Indirect Election:
Indirect election means that the voters do not directly participate in the election of their representatives but choose only an intermediary body which elects the representatives. This intermediary body is usually called the Electoral College. It is a system of Double election. In the first instance, the general mass of voters elect from among themselves a small group of electors. These electors then elect the final representatives who become the members of the legislature.

Thus the final choice of electing the representatives is not that of the general mass of voters but of the intermediary body of electors which the general mass of voters had elected in the first instance. This Indirect Election system is often used for the constitution of second chamber. The Council of States in India, the President of India and the President of U.S.A. are elected by the method of Indirect election.

Its Merits:
1. It is useful where the people are sufficiently educated and politically organized and where the constituencies are very large and unwieldy.

2. The final choice of the representatives is in the hands of a body of select persons who possess superior knowledge and are guided by a keener sense of responsibility. It helps to check popular passion.

3. Clever politicians and orators cannot mislead the few selected people. There is no occasion for any disorder or dislocations taking place as a result of the voters being swayed by political passions. There are neither election campaigns nor party propaganda.

4. This system minimizes the evils of party politics and propaganda.

5. Under this system there are in fact two elections. This involves delay which proves very useful. The Electoral College makes the final choice after cool consideration. The delay makes the situation cool and the electors can vote freely and dispassionately.

Its Demerits.
1. The method of indirect election creates a big gap between the representative and the voters. The representatives do not feel responsible to the primary voters.
2. The voters have no direct participation in the selection of their representatives, and so they take little interest in politics and become negligent on public affairs. The system, therefore, has no educative value.
3. The system gives birth to corruption and political intrigue. The intermediate body of voters has a small membership and can be more easily bribed by a rich and powerful candidate.
4. Actually it leads to more party strifes and in countries where political parties are well organized, election by indirect method has become a mere formality.

Conclusion:
Out of the two methods of elections, the method of Direct Election prevails in most of the countries. In all the democratic countries the representatives to the legislature are elected by the method of Direct Election. The members of the Upper House can be elected through the method of Indirect Election. In India the members of the Rajya Sabha are elected by the method of Indirect Election. The President of India and the President of U.S.A. are also elected by the method of Indirect Election.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write down the composition of Election Commission in India.
Or
Write down the composition of the Election Commission.
Answer:
The Election Commission consists of the Chief Election Commissioner and such number of other Election Commissioners the President may appoint from time to time. In October, 1993 the President appointed two Election Commissioners through an ordinance. At present the Election Commission consists of Chief Election Commissioner and two Election Commissioners.

The appointment of Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners is made by the President. Before each general election, the President also appoints, in consultation with the Election Commission, such Regional Commissioners as he considers necessary to assist the Election Commission. The tenure and other service conditions of the Election Commission are determined by the President. Generally the Election Commissioner is appointed for a period of six years. The conditions of service of the Chief Election Commissioner shall not be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.

Question 2.
Explain any two changing characteristics of Indian Electorate.
Answer:
Important changes have taken place in the character of Indian electorate. Two important changes are as follows:

  1. The Indian voter has become more politicised. Indian electorate are now taking more interest in the political activities of the country. Indian voters are now more conscious politically.
  2. Indian electorate are more concerned with the contemporary events and problems than with the past achievements or activities of the parties.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 3.
Suggest four remedies to improve the Indian Electoral System.
Answer:
Following remedies are suggested to improve the Indian Electoral System:
1. The present electoral system of single-member constituencies should be replaced by a system of proportional representation.

2. Strict action should be taken against those who indulge in booth-capturing and bogus voting. The high powered Committee on electoral reforms recommended a series of legislative measures to eradicate booth-capturing, rigging and intimidation. The recommended steps include ordering of repoll or countermanding not only on the report of the returning officer but also otherwise and vesting the Commission with power of appointment of investigating agencies, prosecuting agencies and asking for the constitution of Special Courts.

3. There should be provision for recall.

4. The elections including the polling should be so conducted that the people are in a position to exercise their franchise freely, without intimidation, coercion, interference, undue inducement by political parties and others.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 4.
Discuss four techniques of election campaign in India.
Answer:

  • Every main political party and sometimes independent candidates issue election manifesto.
  • Political parties and candidates arrange public meetings and processions, by which they try to persuade the voters in their favour through their speeches and personalities.
  • Wall-paintings, posters and big leaflets are other important techniques of election campaign.
  • Slogans is a very popular and influential technique of election campaign.

Question 5.
Write four functions of Election Commission.
Or
Write down any four functions of Election Commission.
Answer:
1. Election Commission supervises, directs and controls the elections. Such elections include election to Parliament, the legislature of every State and the offices of the President and the Vice-President held under the constitution of India.

2. Election Commission prepares electoral rolls and delimitation of constituencies.

3. Election Commission appoints returning officers and assistant returning officers to conduct the election.

4. The allotment of election symbols to a political party and an independent candidate is done by the Election Commission.

Question 6.
Write any four drawbacks of Indian Electoral System.
Answer:
1. Number of Seats:
There is no relationship between the votes secured by a party and its strength in the Assembly or the Parliament. The number of seats secured by a particular party is not proportionate to the voters.

2. Money Power:
Another important drawback of Indian electoral system is the growing influence of money in elections. The expenses incurred on election are so huge that parties tend to give ticket only to a millionaire. The high cost of electioneering has resulted in corrupt practices.

3. Misuse of Public Media:
It is being alleged that the Congress was using the government monopoly in radio and television for the party. This thing has gone a long way in helping the party in power by projecting.its image. These public media have thus been abused.

4. The existing system of election gives more importance to the individual candidate than the’political party.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 7.
Write down four facts which determine the Voting Behaviour in India.
Answer:

  1. Influence of Religion: Religion influences the voting behaviour to a great extent. In India, many parties seek votes on the basis of religion.
  2. Influence of Caste: Caste influences the voting behaviour to a large extent. In India caste plays a very important role in elections.
  3. Party Propaganda: Party campaign and propaganda is also an important factor which influences the voting behaviour to some extent.
  4. Money Power: Voters are also influenced by money power, which plays a major part in the election system.

Question 8.
Write any four stages of Electoral Process in India.
Answer:
In India election procedure is as follows:
1. Constituencies:
The first important task in election is delimitation of constituencies. Parliament passed the Delimitation Commission Act, 1952. The Act provides for the establishment of a Delimitation Commission for the purpose of delimitating constituencies in each state after every census.

2. List of Voters:
First, temporary list of voters is prepared. If anybody’s name is excluded from the list, he can ask for inclusion of his name. But such a request is to be made within a fixed time.

3. Filing of the Nomination Papers. After the announcement of the date of election, nomination papers are filed in favour of candidates.

4. Withdrawal of Nomination:
Candidates are allowed to withdraw their names from elections. But this is to be done before the last date for withdrawal.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 9.
What are the causes of inadequate people’s participation in India?
Or
Why is the level of people’s participation so low in India?
Answer:
India is the biggest democratic country in the world. But in India hardly 60% of the voters cast their votes. Following factors are responsible for people’s low participation in elections of India.
1. Poverty:
Majority of the people in India are poor. A poor person remains worried about earning his livelihood and has no time to cast his vote. The poor person does not even think about the elections.

2. Illiteracy:
Majority of the people in India are illiterate. An illiterate person does not understand the importance of the right to vote. Hence illiterate persons don’t go to cast their votes.

3. Unemployment:
Thousands of educated and uneducated people are unemployed in India. They remain indifferent to democracy and do not take interest in elections.

4. Another reason of low people’s participation in Indian democracy is indifferent view of the peoples.

Question 10.
What do you understand by People’s Participation in a Democracy?
Answer:
Political participation broadly refers to a wide spectrum of political activities ranging from the simple act of voting to widespread political activism in the political process. It thus implies several voluntary activities apart from voting during the elections. It may involve joining a political party, participation in a political meeting, demonstration, rally, standing for election to the local bodies, state legislature or parliament, maintaining contacts with the elected representatives, sending petitions to the government for the redressal of grievances of the people and a number of other activities concerned in any way with the political system of the country.

Question 11.
How does Casteism effect the Voting Behaviour in India?
Answer:
Caste influences the behaviour of voters. In India caste plays a very important role in elections Prof. Rudolph says, “Within the new context of political democracy, caste remains a central element of Indian society even while adapting itself to the values and methods of democratic politics. Indeed, it has become one of the chief means by which the Indian masses have been attached to the process of democratic politics.”

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 12.
Explain the meaning of voting behaviour. Describe two major determinants of voting behaviour in India.
Or
Explain voting behaviour in India.
Answer:
In the words of J.C. Plano and R.E. Riggs, “Voting behaviour is a field of study concerned with the ways in which people tend to vote in public elections and reasons they vote as they do.”
In brief, the study of voting behaviour implies two things:

  • Why people exercise their right to vote and
  • Why they exercise their franchise in favour of different candidates.

Some of the important determinants of voting behaviour in India are:

  • Caste of the candidate.
  • Religion of the candidate.
  • Region to which the candidate belongs.
  • Influence of money.

Question 13.
What is the salary and term of the Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners?
Or
Write down the tenure of the members of Election Commission.
Answer:
In December, 1993 the Indian Parliament passed the Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners (Conditions of Service) Amendment Act, 1993. As per the provisions of the Act, the Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners are paid a salary equal to the salary of a judge of the Supreme Court. Thus, each of them is paid? 250000 per month as salary.

The Act further provides that the Chief Election Commissioner or an Election Commissioner holds office for a term of six years from the date on which he assumes his office. But if the Chief Election Commissioner or an Election Commissioner attains the age of sixty-five years before the expiry of the term of six years, he shall vacate his office on the date on which he attains the said age.

Question 14.
How is the Chief Election Commissioner removed in India?
Or
Describe the method of appointment, tenure and procedure of the removal of Chief Election Commissioner of India.
Answer:
1. The Chief Election Commissioner is appointed by the President subject to the provisions of any law made on that behalf by the Indian Parliament.

2. The Chief Election Commissioner is appointed for a period of six years.

3. The Chief Election Commissioner is removed from his office by an order of the President after an address by each House of Parliament supported by a majority of the total membership of the House and by a majority of not less than two thirds of the members of the House present and voting had been presented to the President in the same session for such removal on the ground of proved misbehavior or incapacity.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 15.
Describe any four features of the Indian Electoral System.
Answer:
The three important features of the Indian Electoral System are the following:

  1. Universal Adult Franchise: In India the system of universal adult franchise has been adopted for the election of members of Lok Sabha and of State Legislative Assemblies.
  2. Direct Election: The Constitution provides for the system of direct election of the members of the House of the People and of Legislative Assembly of every state by the eligible voters.
  3. Joint Electorate System: The Constitution of India provides for a system of joint electorates.
  4. There is a provision of Reservation of seats for the SCs and STs.

Question 16.
What do you mean by Universal Adult Franchise?
Or
What do you understand by Universal Adult Franchise?
Answer: By universal adult franchise we mean that every citizen both male and female, above the age of maturity, irrespective of caste, colour, creed, property, education, profession or sex, is entitled to enjoy the right to vote in the election. The age of attaining maturity is fixed by the state. In England and in India it is 18 years.

Question 17.
Give four arguments in favour of Adult Franchise.
Answer:
The arguments in favour of adult franchise are given below:
1. It is in accordance with democratic principles. The principle of adult franchise is in accordance with the democratic principles.

2. National unity. The system of Universal Adult Franchise is quite essential for the maintenance of national unity. If the system of Universal Adult Franchise is introduced then all the citizens would consider the State as their own.

3. Laws affect all alike. The introduction of the principle of Adult Franchise is essential so that everybody gets the right to participate in the election of the representatives. It is only under such circumstances that laws can be framed in accordance with the wishes of the people.

4. An important merits of Adult Franchise is that it gives political education to the people.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 18.
Give three arguments against Adult Franchise.
Answer:
1. The uneducated should not be given the right to vote. The right to vote is not a natural or an inherent right which everybody can enjoy. The educated persons can make the proper use of their rights. An uneducated person cannot understand who is the best candidate out of all.

2. Government of the fools. The system of Universal Adult Franchise establishes a government of the fools because the fools and the ignorant are in a majority in the society.

3. All citizens are not equal. It is also wrong that all the people are equal. Therefore, all the people cannot be given the right to vote and to contest election on equal footing.

4. Franchise is not a right but responsibility. Therefore the right to vote should be extended only to the capable and educated persons.

Question 19.
What do you mean by Direct Method of Election?
Answer:
In the system of Direct election the votes directly participate in election and elect their representatives, the process of direct election is quite simple. Every voter goes to the polling station and records his vote either in favour or against particular candidates. A candidate securing the maximum number of votes is declared elected. This system of election is the most popular and is followed in all democratic countries for electing members of People’s Chamber. All members of the State assemblies and House of People in India are elected directly. Every adult in india exercises the right to vote.

Question 20.
What is meant by Indirect Method of Election?
Answer:
Indirect elections means that the voters do not directly participate in the election of their representatives but choose only an intermediary body which elects the representatives. This intermediary body is usually called the Electoral College. It is a system of Double election. In the first instance, the general mass of voters elect from among themselves a small group of electors. These electors then elect the final representatives who become the members of the legislature.

Thus the final choice of electing the representatives is not that of the general mass of voters but of the intermediary body of electors which the general mass of voters had elected in the first instance. This Indirect Election system is often used for the constitution of second chamber. The Council of States in India, the President of India and the President of U.S.A are elected by the method of Indirect election.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 21.
Distinguish between Direct election and Indirect election methods.
Or
Differentiate between Direct and Indirect Election System.
Answer:
In the system of direct election the voters directly participate in election and elect their representatives. But in indirect election the voters do not directly participate in the election of their representatives but choose an intermediary body which elects the representatives. This intermediary body is usually called the Electoral College. It is a system of double election. In India all members of the state assemblies and Lok Sabha are elected directly. The Rajya Sabha in India, the President of India and the President of U.S.A. are elected by the method of indirect election.

Question 22.
What is Indirect Democracy?
Answer:
In indirect democracy people participate in law-making indirectly. People elect some representatives and these representatives act according to the wishes of the people. Their main aim is to promote the welfare of the people. They frame laws of the State and run the administration for the best interests of the people. The entire country is divided into equal electoral constituencies and from each constituency one representative is elected. The representatives are elected for a fixed period and after the expiry of their term fresh elections are held. This system prevails in almost all the countries of the world today.

Question 23.
Write four merits of Indirect Election.
Answer:

  • It is useful where the people are sufficiently educated and politically organised.
  • Indirect election minimizes the evils of party politics and propaganda.
  • The method of indirect election is less expensive because the number of voters is small.
  • Clever politicians and orators cannot mislead the few selected people.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 24.
Write four demerits of Indirect Election.
Answer:

  1. The method of indirect election creates a big gap between the representatives and the voters. The representatives do not feel responsible to the primary voters.
  2. The voters have no direct participation in the selection of their representatives and so they take little interest in politics and become negligent in public affairs.
  3. Indirect election encourages corruption because the number of voters is very small and therefore it is easier to purchase their votes. Besides money other methods are also used to pressurise the voters.
  4. Actually it leads to more parties.

Question 25.
Write four merits of Direct Election.
Answer:

  1. Direct election is consistent with the principle of democracy. People have direct share in the choice of their representatives.
  2. The representative elected directly feels responsible to the people and he tries to keep himself in touch with them and works to better their conditions.
  3. Direct election system makes the citizen active and alert. A direct contact between the electors and the representatives stimulates interest in public affairs and develops the sense of public spirit.
  4. Direct election checks the use of correct and unfair means in elections.

Question 26.
Write four demerits of Direct Election.
Answer:

  1. Direct election means political excitement which leads to the election of undesirable candidates. The voters are easily carried away or misled by clever orators.
  2. Direct election increases the election expenditure which entails a heavy burden on the public purse.
  3. Thirdly, direct election places the final choice of the representatives in the hands of the masses and most of them do not have enough of intelligence or independence to vote for the right type of candidates.
  4. Many citizens, who would have proved the best administrators, avoid to contest elections. This means a great national loss.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write the composition of Indian Election Commission.
Answer:
The Election Commission consists of the Chief Election Commissioner and two other Election Commissioners. The appointment of Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners is made by the President. Generally the Election Commissioner is appointed for a period of six years. The conditions of service of the Chief Election Commissioner shall not be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.

Question 2.
Discuss two techniques of election campaign in India.
Answer:

  • Every main political party and sometimes independent candidates issue . election manifesto.
  • Political parties and candidates arrange public meetings and processions, by which they try to persuade the voters in their favour through their speeches and personalities.

Question 3.
Write down any two functions of Election Commission.
Answer:
1. Election Commission supervises, directs and controls the elections. Such elections include election to Parliament, the legislature of every State and the offices of the President and the Vice-President held under the Constitution of India.
2. Election Commission prepares electoral rolls and delimitation of constituencies.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 4.
Which two conditions are necessary for the successful functioning of electoral system in India?
Answer:
The following three conditions are essential for the successful functioning of electoral system in India.
1. Independence of Election Commission:
For the successful functioning of electoral system in India it is essential that the Election Commission should be independent.

2. Check on Money Power:
A major drawback of Indian electoral system is the growing influence of money in election. For fair election it is essential that the role of money power in election should be controlled.

Question 5.
Mention any two drawbacks of Indian Electoral System.
Answer:
1. Number of Seats:
There is no relationship between the votes secured by a party and its strength in the Assembly or the Parliament. The number of seats secured by a particular party is not proportionate to the voters.

2. Money Power: Another important drawback of Indian electoral system is the growing influence of money in elections.

Question 6.
Write any two factors which influence Voting Behaviour.
Answer:

  1. Influence of Religion: Religion influences the voting behaviour to a great extent. In India, many parties seek votes on the basis of religion.
  2. Influence of Caste: Caste influences the voting behaviour to a large extent. In India caste plays a very important role in elections.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 7.
Describe any two preliminary stages of election procedure in India.
Answer:
In India election procedure is as follows:
1. Constituencies:
The first important task in election is delimitation of constituencies. Parliament passed the Delimitation Commission Act, 1952. The Act provides for the establishment of a Delimitation Commission for the purpose of delimitating constituencies in each state after every census.

2. List of Voters:
First, temporary list of voters is prepared. If anybody’s name is excluded from the list, he can ask for inclusion of his name. But such a request is to be made within a fixed time.

Question 8.
What is the reason for people’s low participation in Indian democracy?
Answer:
1. Poverty. Majority of the people in India are poor. A poor person remains worried about earning his livelihood and has no time to cast his vote. The poor person does not even think about the elections.

2. Illiteracy. Majority of the people in India are illiterate. An illiterate person does not understand the importance of the right to vote. Hence illiterate persons don’t go to cast their votes.

Question 9.
What do you understand by Political Participation in a Democracy?
Answer:
Political participation broadly refers to a wide spectrum of political activities ranging from the simple act of voting to widespread political activism in the political process. It thus implies several voluntary activities apart from voting during the elections.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 10.
Mention any two features of the Indian Electoral System.
Answer:
The two important features of the Indian Electoral System are the following:

  1. Universal Adult Franchise: In India the system of universal adult franchise has been adopted for the election of members to Lok Sabha and to State Legislative Assemblies.
  2. Direct Election: The Constitution provides for the system of direct election of the members to the House of the People and to Legislative Assembly of every state by the eligible voters.

Question 11.
What do you mean by Universal Adult Franchise?
Answer:
By universal adult franchise we mean that every citizen both male and female, above the age of maturity, irrespective of caste, colour, creed, property, education, profession or sex, is entitled to enjoy the right to vote in the election. The age of attaining maturity is fixed by the state. In England and in India it is 18 years.

Question 12.
Give two statements in favour of Universal Adult Franchise.
Or
Give two arguments in favour of Adult Franchise.
Answer:
The arguments in favour of adult franchise are given below:
1. It is in accordance with democratic principles. The principle of adult franchise is in accordance with the democratic principles.
2. National unity. The system of Universal Adult Franchise is quite essential for the maintenance of national unity. If the system of Universal Adult Franchise is introduced then all the citizens would consider the State as their own.

Question 13.
Give two arguments against Adult Franchise.
Answer:
1. The uneducated should not be given the right to vote. The right to vote is not a natural or an inherent right which everybody can enjoy. The educated persons can make the proper use of their rights. An uneducated person cannot understand who is the best candidate out of all.

2. Government of the fools. The system of Universal Adult Franchise establishes a government of the fools because the fools and the ignorant are in a majority in the society.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 14.
What is meant by Direct and Indirect Election?
Answer:
In the system of direct election the voters directly participate in election and elect their representatives. But in indirect election the voters do not directly participate in the election of their representatives but choose an intermediary body which elects the representatives.

Question 15.
Write any two merits of Indirect Election.
Answer:

  • It is useful where the people are sufficiently educated and politically organised.
  • Indirect election minimizes the evils of party politics and propaganda.

Question 16.
Mention any two demerits of Indirect Election.
Answer:

  1. The method of indirect election creates a big gap between the representatives and the voters. The representatives do not feel responsible to the primary voters.
  2. The voters have no direct participation in the selection of their representatives and so they take little interest in politics and become negligent in public affairs.

Question 17.
Write any two merits of Direct Election method.
Answer:

  1. Direct election is consistent with the principle of democracy. People have direct share in the choice of their representatives.
  2. The representative elected directly feels responsible to the people and he tries to keep himself in touch with them and works to better their conditions.

Question 18.
Write four demerits of Direct Election.
Answer:

  1. Direct election means political excitement which leads to the election of undesirable candidates. The voters are easily carried away or misled by clever orators.
  2. Direct election increases the election expenditure which entails a heavy burden on the public purse.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

One Line Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is Electorate?
Answer:
That part of the total population which participates in election of its representatives is collectively called Electorate.

Question 2.
What is the criterion (basis) for a person to cast vote in India?
Answer:
A citizen, who is eighteen years old or above this age, has the right to cast vote.

Question 3.
What principle of Enfranchisement has been adopted in India?
Answer:
Principle of Universal Adult Frachise.

Question 4.
In which chapter and in which Articles of the Indian Constitution the electoral system has been described?
Answer:
The electoral system has been described in the 15th chapter of the Indian Constitution from Art. 324 to 329.

Question 5.
Write one feature of Indian electoral system.
Answer:
Joint electorate system has been adopted for the election.

Question 6.
Write the composition of Election Commission of India.
Answer:
In the Election Commission, there is a Chief Election Commissioner and a few other Election Commissioners.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 7.
How the members of Election Commission are appointed?
Answer:
According to the Constitution, the appointment of the members of the Election Commsission is made by the President.

Question 8.
How is the Chief Election Commissioner appointed?
Answer:
The Chief Election Commissioner is appointed by the President.

Question 9.
Mention the tenure of the members of the Election Commission.
Answer:
The tenure of the members of the Election Commission is fixed by President after framing laws for it. Usually this tenure is six years.

Question 10.
Write one function of Election Commission of India.
Answer:
The main function of the Election Commission is to conduct elections for Parliament and State Legislatures and to prepare electoral rolls.

Question 11.
In India, how many elections have been held so far for the Constitution of Lok Sabha?
Answer:
Till now, there have been 17 elections for the Constitution of Lok Sabha.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 12.
In which year, elections to the first Lok Sabha were held in India?
Answer:
The elections for the first Lok Sabha in India were held in 1952.

Question 13.
Which two elections are conducted by Indirect Electoral Process in India?
Answer:
1. President
2. Vice-President.

Question 14.
Which two elections are conducted in India through direct election process?
Answer:
1. Election of Lok Sabha 2. Election of Legislative Assembly.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Fill in The Blanks

1. …………….. number of elections of Lok Sabha have so far been conducted in India.
Answer:
Seventeen

2. Mass political consciousness has been encouraging electoral …………….. in India.
Answer:
Participation

3. The Chief Election Commissioner can be removed by the ……………..  .
Answer:
Parliament

4. At present, there are …………….. members in Election Commission.
Answer:
Three

5. For election to the Lok Sabha or State Legislative Assemblies, India has adopted a …………….. system of representation.
Answer:
Territorial.

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

True Or False Statement

1. The Parliament, through 61st Amendment, reduced the minimum voting age from 21 to 18.
Answer:
True

2. 1st Lok Sabha election was held in 1950, and 15th Lok Sabha election was held in 2004.
Answer:
False

3. In India, there is Universal Adult Franchise.
Answer:
True

4. Main drawback of Indian electroal system is the growing influence of money in elections.
Answer:
True

5. The bye election will be held within six months from the date the vacancy occurs.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Which is the biggest democratic country in the world?
(a) Japan
(b) India
(c) U.K.
(d) U.S.A.
Answer:
(b) India

Question 2.
The Chief Election Commission is appointed by:
(a) Parliament
(b) President
(c) Prime Minister
(d) Governor.
Answer:
(b) President

Question 3.
How many members are there in Election Commission?
(a) one
(b) two
(c) three
(d) four.
Answer:
(c) three

PSEB 12th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 12 Electoral System

Question 4.
Election Commissioner in India is appointed for a period of:
(a) 4 years
(b) 7 years
(c) 6 years
(d) 5 years.
Answer:
(c) 6 years

Question 5.
In India the voting is fixed at the age of:
(a) 14 years
(b) 17 years
(c) 18 years
(d) 15 years.
Answer:
(c) 18 years

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence Important Questions and Answers.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Why is female foeticide takes place?
(a) Wish to have a son
(b) To save dowry
(c) For the continuation of family
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these

2. After how many weeks of pregnancy, sex determination test is conducted?
(a) 10 weeks
(b) 14 weeks
(c) 18 weeks
(d) 22 weeks
Answer:
(c) 18 weeks

3. What is sex ratio in India?
(a) 1000: 943
(b) 1000: 956
(c) 1000: 896
(d) 1000: 953
Answer:
(a) 1000: 943

4. In 2011, what was sex ratio in Punjab?
(a) 1000: 846
(b) 1000: 895
(c) 1000: 876
(d) 1000: 882
Answer:
(b) 1000: 895

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

5. ……………….. district of Punjab has the highest sex ratio.
(a) Ludhiana
(b) Patiala
(c) Amritsar
(d) Hoshiarpur
Answer:
(d) Hoshiarpur

6. Which district of Punjab has the lowest sex ratio?
(a) Patiala
(b) Bathinda
(c) Amritsar
(d) Ludhiana
Answer:
(b) Bathinda

7. When was the Pre-Natal Diagnostic Technique (Prohibition of Sex Selection) Act passed?
(a) 1994
(b) 1995
(c) 1996
(d) 1997
Answer:
(a) 1994

Fill in the Blanks:

1. In female foeticide, female foetus is terminated in the ……………… of mother.
Answer:
womb

2. Wish to have a ………………… is the major reason of female foeticide.
Answer:
boy

3. Female foeticide disturbs ………………..
Answer:
sex-ratio

4. Abortion is not allowed under the section ………………… to ………………… of Indian Penal Code.
Answer:
316, 320

5. In ………………., members of family are beaten.
Answer:
domestic violence

True/False:

1. Punjab in India, has the highest sex ratio.
Answer:
False

2. Bhatinda in Punjab has the lowest sex ratio.
Answer:
True

3. It is illegal to know the sex of foetus.
Answer:
True

4. Domestic violence is done against women.
Answer:
True

5. There is no mental violence against women.
Answer:
False

One Word/One Line Questions Answers:

Question 1.
What is meant by crime against women?
Answer:
It means physical or psychological atrocities against women.

Question 2.
Give few examples of crimes against women.
Answer:
Rape, sexual violence, abduction, beating, orostitution etc.

Question 3.
What is meant by female foeticide?
Answer:
After knowing the sex of foetus, terminating of female foetus is called female foeticide.

Question 4.
After how much time of pregnancy, test is conducted?
Answer:
After 18 weeks of pregnancy.

Question 5.
What is meant by sex ratio?
Answer:
Number of females behind 1000 males in a given area.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

Question 6.
What was sex ratio in India in 2011 A.D?
Answer:
Sex ratio in India in 2011 was 1000: 943.

Question 7.
What sex ratio in Punjab in 2011 A.D?
Answer:
It was 1000: 895 in 2011 A.D.

Question 8.
Which districts of Punjab have highest and least sex ratio?
Answer:
Hoshiarpur (961) and Bhatinda (869) respectively.

Question 9.
Give one reason of female foeticide.
Answer:
Wish to have a male child and to arrange dowry.

Question 10.
Give one result of female foeticide.
Answer:
Bad impact on female’s health and disturbance in sex ratio.

Question 11.
What is meant by domestic violence?
Answer:
Beating up of wife and children is known as domestic violence.

Question 12.
Give types of domestic violence.
Answer:
Physical violence, sexual abuse, emotional violence, verbal abuse etc.

Question 13.
What is the normal reason of wife battering?
Answer:
Dissatisfaction from dowry and problem with wife.

Question 14.
What is the most common form of domestic violence?
Answer:
Wife battering and violence against women.

Very Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Female Foeticide.
Answer:
People wish to have a boy and that’s why when their wives get pregnant, they conduct a sex determination test. In case of female foetus, abortion takes, place and female foetus is killed in the womb of mother. It is known as female foeticide.

Question 2.
Sex Ratio.
Answer:
Number of females behind 1000 males at a particular given time in a particular area is known as sex ratio. Just by looking at sex ratio, we can come to know about the status of women at that place. It was 1000: 943 in India in 2011 A.D.

Question 3.
Reasons of Female Foeticide.
Answer:

  • People wish to have a boy and that’s why they opt for female foeticide.
  • Dowry is given at the time of girl’s marriage. To save dowry, people opt for this work.
  • Boy is headed for the continuation of family. That’s why people opt. for female foeticide.

Question 4.
Consequences of Female Foeticide.
Answer:

  • Sex ratio of society gets disturbed and number of females declines.
  • Violence against women increases such as rape, prostitution, beating, abduction, etc.
  • It leads to lower status of women in India.

Question 5.
Domestic Violence.
Answer:
Domestic violence is a type of socially unaccepted behaviour which one member of family does against the other members such as beating giving threat, showing fear etc. It mainly happens with females and children.

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Gender.
Answer:
Generally the word Gender is used to express the physical and social differences between a male and a female. It means that which are physical differences between a male and a female which are given by nature and which are social differences between them which they get only while living in society. So the word Gender is used to express these differences.

Question 2.
Gender Discrimination.
Answer:
In simple wqrds the differences exist between male and female are given the name of Gender Discrimination. Two types of Humans Male and Female, live over in this world. Any one can be differentiated only by looking at its physical features that whether its male or female. Nature has also kept few differences among them. Male and female both have their different physical features. On the basis of these features, we can differentiate between them. So whatever difference exists between them, is given the name of gender discrimination.

Question 3.
Sex Ratio.
Answer:
In simple words, the number of females for every 1000 males is given the name of sex ratio. It means that, in any particular area, how many females are there behind every 1000 males. It is known as Sex Ratio. Sex ratio is related with demo-graphic traits of any country’s population and the knowledge of sex ratio is necessary to get knowledge about population. In 2001, Sex ratio in India was 1000: 933.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

Question 4.
Cause of Declining Sex Ratio
Answer:

  • People want to have a boy child and they never hesitate to abort the female foetus. It leads to a decline in sex ratio.
  • Sex ratio declines with increase in female foeticide.
  • Sex ratio declines with the custom of killing new born girls i.e. female infanticide.
  • Emigration of males from one place to another also leads to decline in sex ratio.
  • In traditional societies birth of girl is considered as a curse because of which boys are preferred over girls. It also leads to decline in sex ratio:

Question 5.
Consequences of Declining Sex Ratio.
Answer:

  • Declining Sex ratio leads to increase in violence against women.
  • The custom of polyandry encouragement with declining sex ratio.
  • Declining sex ratio leads to lower social status of women.
  • Health of women deteriorates with it.
  • Trade of women also takes place with declining sex ratio.

Question 6.
Sex Ratio in India.
Answer:
The condition of sex ratio in our country is quite worried. According to census survey of 2001, there were only 933 females behind every 1000 males. In our country, only Kerala is a state and Puduchery is a union territory where females are more as compared to males. In rest of the states and union territories, females are less as compared to male. This situation is quite worried in Punjab, Haryana, Mizoram, Chandigarh etc. Sex ratio is continuely declining in our country.

Question 7.
Sex determination test.
Answer:
In our society, this problem is going on from least few decades. When a lady becomes pregnent, then her in laws family expects that the new born baby should be a baby boy. That’s why after sometime of her pregnency, they opt. for an ultrasound test so that the sex of child could be determined in the womb of the mother. This is known as sex determination test. If the child in the womb is boy then its fine but if the child is a girl then lady is forced to abort the child. This is the reason that sex ratio in our country is going down. Presently this is 1000: 940.

Question 8.
Domestic Violence.
Answer:
The concept of Domestic violence is a complex concept. It is very difficult to define it. When any dispute occurs in the two members of the family and one member is physically and mentally tortured by other member then it is known as Domestic violence. In this pushing, slapping, punching, knifing, shooting, throwing things etc. are included. It not only physically hurts the members but it tortures the person mentally as well.

Question 9.
Definition of Domestic Violence.
Answer:
According to Pagelow, “Domestic violence is an act of commission or omission by family members and any condition resulting from such acts which deprives other family members of equal rights and freedom and interferes with their proper development and choice of freedom.”

Question 10.
Cause of Domestic Violence.
Answer:

  • People use alcohol to get relief from the tension. When wife and children ask them not to do so then they start to beat them and increases domestic violence.
  • Many people are angry by nature and become angry even on small-small things and beat their children.
  • Many persons are drug addict. If they are unable to get money to buy drugs then they beat their family members to get money.
  • Many persons always remains in tension due to poverty and many times they beat up their wives and children due to this.

Question 11.
Wife Battering.
Answer:
This is one of the major disadvantage of male dominated society that wives are physically assaulted by their husbands. Meaning of wife battering is use of violence by husband for his wife. Actually husbands feel that wives are their slaves and whatever they will say, wives need to accept that. But actually, these days, women are getting education with which they come to know about their rights. Now they strongly oppose the wrong doing of their husbands and that’s why they are physically assaulted.

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Explain the causes of declining sex ratio in India.
Answer:
There are number of factors which affect sex ratio in any society and these are given below:

1. Biological cause. If sex ratio in any country decreases then its first reason is always biological. It is quite possible that more numbers of males are born in any particular society which leads to decline in sex ratio. From few researches it has been seen that, in our country, the rate of death of girl child, up to the age of one month, is more as compared to male child. As a result, sex ratio has been declined in our country. During the decade of 1981-1990, only 100 girls were there for every 109.5 boys in our country. In this way biological factor could be considered as a cause of declining sex ratio.

2. Migration: Emmigration or migration could also be considered as a cause of declining or increasing sex ratio. It is quite possible that few male members of a state might went over-to other state in search of job. It can increase or decrease sex ratio of both the ’states. Generally it has been seen that when any one migrates from one place to another in search of employment then he never takes his wife and children with him. He stays there for many years to earn money and occasionally he visit his native state. This visit is generally for a short duration because longer duration can lead to loss of money or even employment. We can take example of Punjabi youths who went over to foreign countries or natives of U.P. Bihar, who generally come to Punjab to earn money. This leads to change in sex ratio in the state like Punjab.

3. Female Foeticide: In last few decades, the major cause of declining sex ratio has been the female foeticide. Meaning of female foeticide is killing of unbprn girls in the tomb of her mother. People generally like to have a male child because of which they conduct a sex determination test on the pregnant lady. If it is boy then it’s fine but if it a girl then they opt for abortion. In this way they kill the girl child even before her birth. Female foeticide leads to decrease in number of girls as compared to boys and sex ratio shows positive trend toward boys. Yet, these days, sex determination is legally banned and even abortion is also legally banned and strict punishment is there for both of these but still this test and abortions are going on.

4. Female Infanticide: In many groups of our country, it is a tradition to kill the girl child right after the birth. This custom was quite popular in many tribes of our country. According to this custom, people used to kill their girl child exactly after the birth. They are helped by the mid wives to do this work. The main reason of this is the belief that they need to upbring the girl, then they will have to give dowry at the time of marriage. So to save their money, they prefer to kill the newly born girl child. British government and even Indian Government tried to eliminate this custom, but still it is going on. As a result, sex ratio declines.

5. Traditional Society: Sex ratio declines more in traditional societies as compared to developed societies. If we compare developed countries like America, Japan, Germany etc. with traditional societies like India, Pakistan, Bangladesh etc. then we will find that sex ratio is less in traditional societies. It is so because people have a tendency in traditional society that they want to have a boy as compared to girl for the continuation of family and they could perform rituals after death. Due to different tendencies of traditional societies, sex ratio declines over there. In this way sex ratio declines in traditional societies.

6. Wish to have a male child: People generally want that they must have a boy so that he can help in continuation of family and he could perform rituals after their death. Except this, people want to have a boy because they know about the fact that they will have to shell out a lot of money at the time of her marriage. Even after marriage they are required to give a lot for rest of her life. That’s why they prefer to have a boy and they does lot of efforts to take a boy. They never hesitate to opt for abortion. In this way wish to have a boy leads to decline in sex ratio.

7. Leaving girl child after her birth: From last few years, a common tendency is developing among people that if the girl child is born then they leave their newly born girl child at railway station or bus stand. It is so because they think that they already have one girl at home and they don’t want another girl child. Instead they want to have a male child. When the girl child takes birth then they leave her to die. She dies in the absence of proper care which leads to decline in sex ratio.

8. Sons are considered pivotal for family welfare. There is a general tendency among people that sons are considered pivotal for family welfare as they not only take care of them in their old age but they will take cpre of the family as well. That’s why they do everything to have male child and they never hesitate to abort the girl child. It also leads to decline is sex ratio.

9. Dowry System: Dowry system is also one Sf the cause of decline in sex ratio. People know about the fact that at the time of marriage of their girls, they will have to shell out a lot of money to give dowry. Even they will have to take the loan to meet the demands of parents of bridegroom. But if they will have a boy then dowry will come to their house. That’s why they prefer to have a boy child instead of girl child which leads to decline in sex ratio.

10. Daughter means Double Loss: A number of people feel that daughter means a double loss to them. Double means when she will marry then she will not only leaves her family but she will be a source of marriage expense. People will have to spent a lot of money on daughter even before her marriage and after marriage she will go to another family which means a double loss for them.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

Question 2.
What are the consequences of the declining sex ratio in India?
Answer:
Following are the consequences of declining sex ratio:
1. Violence with women. First consequence of declining sex ratio is that it lead to increase in violence with women. Girls are being killed before birth, new born girls are being either killed or they are left out to die. Women have to face violence because they have given birth to girls not to boys. Sexual violence can also increase like rape, abductions prostitution etc.

2. Polyandry. One of the wrong consequences of declining sex ratio is that it gives encouragement to polyandry. When sex ratio declines then number of females remains less then number of males in society and as a result, one female will have to marry with two or more then two males. That’s why polyandry or fraternal polyandry gets encouragement. All the brothers become husbands of that female. It will have wrong impact on her health. Morality comes down in society and status of females also comes down in society.

3. lower social status of women. A declining sex ratio leads to lower status of women as well. If any female is unable to give birth to a male child then she is forced to go for abortion. After this she is always taunted to unable to give birth to a male child. Social evils and social institutions are also responsible for this and they are also responsible for lower status of women,

4. Bad effect on Health. It any females is unable to give birth to a male child then she is being taunted and even is tortured. She is forced to conduct sex determination test and if the sex of foetus is female then she is forced to opt for abortion. It exerts a bad impact on her wealth and even on her mental health as well.

5. Purchasing of women. The declining sex ratio also leads to the purchase of women. If any one is unable to get married then he tries to purchase women to fulfil his sexual desires. In
ancient times, a custom of bride price was also there.

6. Shortage of females. The declining sex ratio also leads to shortage of females in society. In India sex ratio is 1000: 933. It means that only 933 females are there behind every 1000 males. In this way declining sex ratio leads to a shortage of females in society.

7. Increasing imbalance in society. The declining Sex ratio leads to imbalance in society. More number of males as compared to less number of females creates a lot of problems in society. It can even lead to quarrels Jor women in society. In this way, we can say that declining sex ratio leads to drastic consequences on society.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class Sociology Book Solutions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 Sociology Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

Sociology Guide for Class 12 PSEB Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence Textbook Questions and Answers

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. According to 2011 census, the sex ratio in India is:
(a) 939
(b) 940
(c) 943
(d) 942
Answer:
(c) 943

2. Sex ratio can be defined as:
(а) Number of females per 100 males
(b) Number of males per 100 females
(c) Number of females per 1000 males
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Number of females per 1000 males

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

3. In the state of Punjab, district with highest sex ratio is:
(a) Hoshiarpur
(b) Bathiitda
(c) Ludhiana
(d) Amritsar
Answer:
(a) Hoshiarpur

4. Female foeticide test includes:
(a) Ultra sound
(b) MRI.
(c) X-rays
(d) Weighing Machines
Answer:
(a) Ultra sound

5. The main cause of female foeticide is:
(a) Increased sex ratio
(b) Patriarchal mindset
(c) Preference for girls
(d) None
Answer:
(b) Patriarchal mindset

6. Which is a form of Domestic Violence?
(a) Legal
(b) Physical Abuse
(c) Society
(d) Economic
Answer:
(b) Physical Abuse

7. Which factor does not perpetuate Domestic Violence?
(a) Cultural
(b) Economic
(c) Social
(d) Pedagogy
Answer:
(ci) Pedagogy

8. The Act, according to which a daughter has an equal share in the property of her parents is
(a) Legal property Act
(b) Hindu Property Act
(c) Civil Act
(d) Divine Act
Answer:
(b) Hindu Property Act

Fill in the Blanks:

1. Sex determination test includes ……………
Answer:
ultrasound

2. ……………….. is one of the main reasons for female foeticide.
Answer:
Patriarchal system

3. The evil practice of ……………….. is responsible for female foeticide in Indian society.
Answer:
Dowry

4. ……………….. keeps declining in India while a bit is improved in ……………… state.
Answer:
Sex ratio, Punjab

5. …………………. should be implemented properly in order to combat female foeticide.
Answer:
Laws

6. ……………… abuse may be inflicted in many ways such as hitting, slapping, punching, pushing and other form of physical contact resulting in bodily sufferings to the victim,
Answer:
Physical

7. The couples living alone or with children, or an individual parent with children are called ………………. households.
Answer:
Nuclear

8. ………………. studies must be made compulsory as part of school, college and university syllabus.
Answer:
Gender and Human Rights

9. ……………… is defined as socially unacceptable and abusive behaviour by one or other or both the members in a close and intimate relationship like marriage or a family.
Answer:
Domestic Violence

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

True/False:

1. Ultrasound is the pre diagnostic test for determination of sex.
Answer:
True

2. Law does not help to generate awareness about female foeticide.
Answer:
False

3. Sex ratio has improved in Punjab according to qensus 2011.
Answer:
True

4. Awareness programmes can sensitise about the ill effects of female foeticide.
Answer:
True

5. Cultural and ritual norms have no effect on female foeticide.
Answer:
False

6. Newly married couple must be made aware that a small family need not only include male children.
Answer:
True

7. The greed for dowry, desire for a male child and alcoholism of the spouse are major factors of domestic violence against women in rural areas.
Answer:
True

8. Wife beating does not reflects domestic violence.
Answer:
False

9. History of domestic violence dates back to the pre-historic period.
Answer:
True

10. spousal domestic violence also affects the children of the family.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

Match The Columns:

Column A Column B
Female Foeticide The killing of the girl child
Sex Ratio Marital Rape
Patriarchy The killing of the female foetus in the womb
Female Infanticide Females per 1000 males
Form of Domestic Violence Male dominance

Answer:

Column A Column B
Female Foeticide The killing of the female foetus in the womb
Sex Ratio Females per 1000 males
Patriarchy Male dominance
Female Infanticide The killing of the girl child
Form of Domestic Violence Marital Rape

Very Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What is the sex ratio of India as per the census 2011?
Answer:
According to census survey 2011, the sex ratio in India is 1000: 943.

Question 2.
What is the sex ratio of Punjab as per the census 2011?
Answer:
According to census survey 2011, the sex ratio in Punjab is 1000: 895.

Question 3.
Which districts in Punjab have the highest and lowest sex ratio?
Answer:
Hoshiarpur (961) and Bathinda (869) respectively.

Question 4.
Describe full form of PNDT.
Answer:
Pre Natal Diagnostic Techniques.

Question 5.
What is meant by domestic violence?
Answer:
Domestic violence is that socially unacceptable and wrong behaviour which an individual does with his closest relatives such as wife or family.

Question 6.
List any two factors of domestic violence.
Answer:
Economic dependence of women over men and lower economic status of women are the two factors of domestic violence.

Question 7.
What do you mean by female foeticide?
Answer:
After sex determination test, killing of female foetus in mother’s womb is known as female foeticide.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

Question 8.
List the causes of wife battering.
Answer:
Male dominated society, males are powerful than females, economic dependence of women over men, consuming drugs, illiteracy of women etc.

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Define female foeticide.
Answer:
When a woman gets pregnant, the sex determination of foetus is conducted. In case of female foetus, an abortion is done. It is known as female foeticide. Sex determination test is conducted after 18 weeks of pregnancy.

Question 2.
Define sex ratio.
Answer:
To know about the equality between men and women, it is must to look for the sex ratio. The number of females behind every 1000 males at a particular time and in a particular area is known as sex ratio. In 2011, it was 1000: 943 in India.

Question 3.
What are the two causes of female foeticide?
Answer:

  • Dowry: At the time of girl’s marriage, dowry is given to her in-laws. People do female foeticide so that dowry should not be given.
  • Wish of boy: People like to have a boy as they think that boy will take care of them in old age and will give fire at the time of funeral.

Question 4.
What is the status of female in India?
Answer:
The status of female in India is not good. Only 65% of females are educated. Most of the social evils are attached with females such as rape, abduction, dowry system, female foeticide etc. Just because of these evils, status of females is still low in the present modern age.

Question 5.
Why is male child preferred in India?
Answer:
People want to have a male child because they think that their son will take care of them in their old age. Along with this, he will give fire to their funeral pyre. Moreover he will continue the family.

Question 6.
Write down three causes of domestic violence.
Answer:

  • Males are physically stronger than females.
  • Females economically depend upon males.
  • The social status of females and children is not good.

Question 7.
What is the difference between domestic violence and violence?
Answer:
In domestic violence, we can include violence committed with wife, children, brothers etc. and such behaviour is not acceptable in society. Violence is done between two individuals or groups and most of the times, they are strange. Communal violence is its best example.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

Question 8.
What is wife battering?
Answer:
The meaning of wife battering is doing violence with wife by husband. Generally husband considers that wife is under him and thinks that whatever he will say, she will have to accept it. If she refuses it, she is beaten up and this is known as wife battering.

Question 9.
What are the consequences of female foeticide?
Answer:

  • Female foeticide leads to decline in sex ratio.
  • Whole balance of society disturbs as it is considered that both male and.female are not equal in number.
  • It leads to lower social status of women.

Question 10.
List cultural factors of domestic violence.
Answer:
There can be many cultural factors of domestic violence such as gender based socialisation, division of gender based roles, right of son over property, giving importance to males in family, marriage and dowry system, use of violence to end conflict etc.

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Write a short note on female foeticide.
Answer:
Since last few decades, the major cause of declining sex ratio is female foeticide. It means the killing of unborn girl in the womb of her mother. People wish to have a boy and that’s why after sometime of pregnancy, a sex determination test is conducted on the mother. If the foetus is boy, it’s fine but if it’s girl, abortion is conducted. In this way, girl is killed before her birth. This is known as female foeticide. It leads to reduction in number of girls and disturbance in sex ratio.

Question 2.
Discuss any two measures to combat female foeticide.
Or
Write down any two measures to combat female foeticide.
Or
Explain the contribution of government in combating the problem of female foeticide.
Answer:

  • The Indian government has passed many laws and in the section 312-316 of Indian Penal Code, forcing any female to abort her child is illegal.
  • To stop the increasing number of female foeticide, government passed an Act i.e. Pre-Natal Diagnostic Techniques (Regulation and Prevention of Misuse) Act, 1994 in which conducting sex determination test was declared illegal. If any one will conduct this test, provisions of punishment were kept in the Act.

Question 3.
Discuss any two consequences of female foeticide.
Or
Discuss effects of female foeticide.
Answer:

  • Impact on female’s health. People prefer to abort the foetus until a male foetus comes. It’has a very bad impact on the health of mother and her new born baby.
  • Impact on Sex ratio. Female foeticide can have adverse impact on sex ratio. It leads to decline in number of girls which further creates many problems such as rape, dowry deaths, polygamy, prostitution etc.

Question 4.
Why is sex ratio declining in India? Explain.
Answer:

  • People wish to have a boy and that’s why they try to have a male child.
  • Due to female foeticide, sex ratio is declining.
  • Female infanticide is also responsible for decline in sex ratio.
  • Dowry is given at the time of girl’s marriage and that’s why people prefer to have a male child.
  • People think that with male child, family will continue and that’s why they prefer to kill their daughters even before their birth.

Question 5.
Name two social problems that give rise to female foeticide.
Answer:

  • Dowry: Dowry is given at the time of daughter’s marriage which is one of the important problems of our society. People prefer to opt for female foeticide not to give dowry. If there will be a male child, dowry will come to their home.
  • Violence against women: Almost in all the societies of the world, females face many types of violence such as rape, abduction, dowry deaths, prostitution, wife battering etc. These are the reasons that people prefer to have a male child.

Question 6.
Write causes of domestic violence.
Or
Two reasons for Domestic Violence.
Answer:

  • People consume alcohol to stay away from tension. When wives and children ask them not to use it, they beat them up and increase domestic violence.
  • There are many people who are angry by nature and they even beat up their children on petty things.
  • Few individuals are drug addicts. If they don’t have money to buy drugs, they beat up their family members to get money.
  • Few people always remain in sorrow due to their poverty and occasionally they beat up their family members to take out their frustration.

Question 7.
Write remedies for wife battering.
Answer:

  • The Indian government has made many laws but they are not implemented properly. They should be properly implemented to save wives from their husbands.
  • Police must solve such cases with great care. Policemen must be given special training to solve the cases of domestic violence.
  • Children and young people must be educated against domestic violence to prepare them for future times.

Question 8.
List the legal reforms to curb female foeticide.
Answer:

  • According to section 312-316 of the Indian Penal Code, doing abortion is illegal.
  • According to The Medical Termination of Pregnancy Act, 1971, law was little bit relaxed and on medical, humanitarian or on any other ground, abortion was permitted.
  • The major base of female foeticide is sex determination of child. That’s why ‘Pre-Natal Diagnostic Techniques (Regulation and Prevention of Misuse) Act, 1994 was passed and sex determination test was declared illegal. If any ultrasound centre will conduct this test, provisions were kept to close down this centre.

Question 9.
What are the effects of domestic violence?
Answer:

  • It can have bad impact on female’s health. She has to face all this physically and psychologically. It can have wrong impact on family atmosphere.
  • Wife battering can have wrong impact on children. Their daily work gets affected and can have wrong impact on their education. Children start to hate their father when they observe their mother is beaten by father.
  • That female always remains in mental tension who faces domestic, violence and is greatly affected from all aspects. This psychological tension affects other aspects of their life as well.

Question 10.
What is scenario of domestic violence agaisnt women in India?
Answer:
Domestic violence against women in India is quite common among all the other domestic violences. The common reason of this is the set ideology of people that females are physically and mentally weaker than males. Yet females are proving that they are no inferior than males in all the sectors but even then number of cases of domestic violence are much more against them. Its reasons are different in different countries. According to the Population Fund Report of United Nations, around two third of the Indian females are the victims of domestic violence. Around 70% married females are the victims of beating, rape or forced sex. Out of these, around 55% of the cases come from Bihar, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh and other north Indian states.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

Very Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Write a detailed note on sex ratio.
Answer:
In simple words the number of females behind 1000 males in one square kilometer is known as the sex ratio. It means chat how many females are there for every 1000 males in a particular area. This process is given the name of sex ratio. Relation of the word sex ratio is related with demographic features of population of any country. If we want to know anything about any country’s population then we must know about sex ratio. In 2011 India’s Sex ratio was 1000: 943. It means there were 943 females behind every 1000 males in any particular area.

If we want to know about the status of women in any society then we can come to know about it only by looking at the sex ratio of that society. From this, we can come to know that what type of status has been given to females by that society. If sex ratio is low then status of women is low but if sex ratio is high then the status of women is definitely high. In this way the meaning of sex ratio is number of females in any particular area as compared to males. If we will have information about number of males and females of any country then we can easily come to know about sex ratio of that country. Here child sex ratio is also quite important with sex ratio. Meaning of child sex ratio is that how many girls, with age group of 0-6 years, are there for 1000 boys in population of the country.

If we look at the sex ratio in whole world especially of few major countries then in the year of 2000 there “were 986 females behind 1000 males. This sex ratio is 1000: 1029 in U.S.A. 1000 ; 944 in China, 1000: 1025 in Brazil, 1000: 1041 in Japan, 1000: 933 in India, 1000: 938 in Pakistan, 1000: 953 in Bangladesh and 1000: 1004 in Indonesia. From this data, it is clear that number of females are more as compared to males in developed countries but this number is quite less in developing countries. It is so because gender discrimination is more in backward countries but it is almost negligible in the developed countries.

Condition Of Sex Ratio In India:

The condition of sex ratio in India is not good. According to Census Survey of 2011, there were only 940 females in India as compared to 1000 males. This worrying condition could be understood only by looking at the given .table:

Year Males Females
1901 1000 972
1911 1000 964
1921 1000 959
1931 1000 950
1941 1000 945
1951 1000 946
1961 1000 941
1971 1000 930
1981 1000 934
1991 1000 927
2001 1000 933
2011 1000 943

Here we can see another table related with sex ratio which is state-wise data of sex ratio in India.

Year State/U.T. Males Females
2011 UttarPradeah 1000 908
2011 Maharathtra 1000 925
2011 Bthar 1000 916
2011 West Bengal 1000 947
2011 Andra Pradesh 1000 992
2011 Tamil Nadu 1000 995
2011 Madhya Pradesh 1000 930
2011 Raashtan 1000 926
2011 Karnataka 1000 968
2011 Gujarat 1000 918
2011 Oriasa 1000 978
2011 Kerala 1000 1084
2011 Jharkhand 1000 947
2011 Assam 1000 954
2011 Pnjab 1000 893
2011 Haryana 1000 877
2011 Chhatisgarh 1000 991
2011 Delhi 1000 866
2011 Jainmu and Kashmir 1000 883
2011 Uttrakhand 1000 963
2011 Himachal Pradesh 1000 974
2011 Thpura 1000 961
2011 Meghalaya 1000 986
2011 Mampur 1000 987
2011 Nagaland 1000 931
2011 Gos 1000 968
2011 Arunachal Pradesh 1000 920
2011 Puducherry 1000 1038
2011 Chandigarh 1000 18
2011 Mizoram 1000 975
2011 Sikkim 1000 889
2011 Andaman and Nicobar Islands 1000 878
2011 Dadra and Nagar Haveli 1000 775
2011 Daman and Diu 1000 618
2011 Lakahadweep 1000 946

From these two tables, it is clear that during 1901-2001, sex ratio in India has declined to a great extent. During 1941-1951, 1981-1991 and 1991-2011, the number of females were increased but during rest of the decades, the number of females were decreased. If we compare the decades of 1901 and 2001 than number of females or sex ratio has been decreased upto 40 females per 1000 males. Only Kerala is a state and Puduchery is the alone union territory where this ratio is favourable for females. In Kerala 1084 females are there for 1000 males and in Puduchery this ratio is 1000:1038. But this is 877 in Haryana, 893 in Punjab and 818 in Chandigarh. So from this it is clear that this declining sex ratio is really a cause of worry for us.

Question 2.
What do your understand by females foeticide? Describe its causes and consequences.
Or
What do you mean by female foeticide? Explain its causes.
Or
What is female foeticide? Explain its impacts.
Answer:
The word female foeticide is made up of two words female and foeticide. The meaning of female is girl and foeticide is killing foetus. So, if we look at the literal meaning of female foeticide it is killing of females foetus in mother’s womb. Actually this concept of female foeticide came forward in last few decades when sex ratio of our country started declining.

Meaning of Female Foeticide. Due to many reasons, people wish to have a boy. They use many methods to get .a boy in place of a girl. When a female gets pregnant, during first three months, foetus is not yet fully developed. It is still known as foetus. These days, many new modern techniques have come forward which tell us that the foetus is of boy or girl. Such test is known as sex determination test. If the foetus is of boy, it’s fine but if it is of girl, it is aborted or terminated. It is known as female foeticide. Just because of female foeticide, the sex ratio in India started declining. In 2011, it was 943 girls behind 1000 boys.

Causes of Female Foeticide. When the foetus of a girl is terminated in the mother’s womb, it is called female foeticide. This is one of the social problems which came forward in last few decades. It can have many reasons which are given-below:

1. Traditional Society. The problem of female foeticide prevails more in traditional society. If we compare developed societies such as U.S.A., U.K. etc. with the traditional societies such as India, China, Pakistan etc., we observe that sex ratio is quite less in traditional societies. It is so because people have a tendency in such societies that they need a boy for the continuation of family and to give fire to their funeral pyre. Due to such tendencies, number of boys increase in traditional societies as people prefer to have a boy.

2. Wish to have a male child. Generally people wish to have a boy for the continuation of family and to give fire to their funeral pyre after death. Moreover people know if there will be a girl, they will have to give lot of dowry at the time of her marriage. Along with this, they’ll have to give a lot even after girl’s marriage. That’s why people don’t want girl and they even try for this. They do not hesitate from killing female foetus. In this way wish to have a boy also increases female foeticide.

3. Technological Advances. During ancient times, people did’t have access to technological advances as they were not available. So, it was not possible to conduct sex determination test. They had to wait till child’ birth. If it was girl, she was killed at the time of her birth. But with time, many techniques came forward which made it possible to know about the sex of child. Just after 18 weeks of pregnancy, ultrasound machines tell us that the foetus is boy or girl. Thousands of clinics and nursing homes came forward which terminate female foetus. They even kill unborn girl in the womb of mother. New tools have made this work quite easy. In this way technological advancements are responsible for female foeticide.

4. Patriarchal Society. Our society is basically a patriarchal society and males dominate our houses. They take care of the house and take all the important decisions. In such societies, the status of females is quite low and everything is done according to the wish of males. Females cannot do anything with their wish. Males in such society wish to have boys at home and they do not hestitate from committing female foeticide. Females have to accept this as it is the decision of males. In this way, they are forced to accept this wrong act.

Consequences of Females Foeticide: The problem of female foeticide can have some dangerous consequences on society which are given below:

1. Declining Sex Ratio. If we look at the record of the past 100 years we can see that during last 100 years of 1901-2001, the sex ratio has declined quite considerably. Yet, the number of females increased during the decades of 1971-1981 and 1991-2001 but in rest of the decades, it decreased quite considerbely. In India, only Kerala is the state with positive sex ratio. This no. is 1000: 1084 in Kerala. It is 1000: 1038 in Puduchery. But in Haryana it is 1000: 877, in Chandigarh 1000: 818 and in Punjab it is 1000: 893. In this way we can say that the declining sex ratio is a major cause of concern in society.

2. Violence Against Women. Female foeticide leads to decline in sex ratio which
further leads to increase in violence against women. Girls are killed either before birth or new born girls are killed. Even people abandon their daughters in trains. Females have to face violence as they have given birth to girl, not boy. Many have to face sex based violence such as rape, abduction, prostitution etc. ‘

3. Low Status of Women. Declining sex ratio leads to decline in social status of women. If any female is unable to give birth to boy and is bearing only female child, she is forced to opt for abortion. Social evils and social institutions are also responsible for this and it can have an adverse impact on social status of females.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

Question 3.
Explain the role of government in combating the problem of female foeticide.
Answer:
See Question No. 8 of Long answer type questions (IV).

Question 4.
Write a detail note on female foeticide.
Answer:
The word female foeticide is made up of two words female and foeticide. The meaning of female is girl and foeticide is killing foetus. So, if we look at the literal meaning of female foeticide it is killing of females foetus in mother’s womb. Actually this concept of female foeticide came forward in last few decades when sex ratio of our country started declining.

Meaning of Female Foeticide. Due to many reasons, people wish to have a boy. They use many methods to get .a boy in place of a girl. When a female gets pregnant, during first three months, foetus is not yet fully developed. It is still known as foetus. These days, many new modern techniques have come forward which tell us that the foetus is of boy or girl. Such test is known as sex determination test. If the foetus is of boy, it’s fine but if it is of girl, it is aborted or terminated. It is known as female foeticide. Just because of female foeticide, the sex ratio in India started declining. In 2011, it was 943 girls behind 1000 boys.

Causes of Female Foeticide. When the foetus of a girl is terminated in the mother’s womb, it is called female foeticide. This is one of the social problems which came forward in last few decades. It can have many reasons which are given-below:

1. Traditional Society. The problem of female foeticide prevails more in traditional society. If we compare developed societies such as U.S.A., U.K. etc. with the traditional societies such as India, China, Pakistan etc., we observe that sex ratio is quite less in traditional societies. It is so because people have a tendency in such societies that they need a boy for the continuation of family and to give fire to their funeral pyre. Due to such tendencies, number of boys increase in traditional societies as people prefer to have a boy.

2. Wish to have a male child. Generally people wish to have a boy for the continuation of family and to give fire to their funeral pyre after death. Moreover people know if there will be a girl, they will have to give lot of dowry at the time of her marriage. Along with this, they’ll have to give a lot even after girl’s marriage. That’s why people don’t want girl and they even try for this. They do not hesitate from killing female foetus. In this way wish to have a boy also increases female foeticide.

3. Technological Advances. During ancient times, people did’t have access to technological advances as they were not available. So, it was not possible to conduct sex determination test. They had to wait till child’ birth. If it was girl, she was killed at the time of her birth. But with time, many techniques came forward which made it possible to know about the sex of child. Just after 18 weeks of pregnancy, ultrasound machines tell us that the foetus is boy or girl. Thousands of clinics and nursing homes came forward which terminate female foetus. They even kill unborn girl in the womb of mother. New tools have made this work quite easy. In this way technological advancements are responsible for female foeticide.

4. Patriarchal Society. Our society is basically a patriarchal society and males dominate our houses. They take care of the house and take all the important decisions. In such societies, the status of females is quite low and everything is done according to the wish of males. Females cannot do anything with their wish. Males in such society wish to have boys at home and they do not hestitate from committing female foeticide. Females have to accept this as it is the decision of males. In this way, they are forced to accept this wrong act.

Consequences of Females Foeticide: The problem of female foeticide can have some dangerous consequences on society which are given below:

1. Declining Sex Ratio. If we look at the record of the past 100 years we can see that during last 100 years of 1901-2001, the sex ratio has declined quite considerably. Yet, the number of females increased during the decades of 1971-1981 and 1991-2001 but in rest of the decades, it decreased quite considerbely. In India, only Kerala is the state with positive sex ratio. This no. is 1000: 1084 in Kerala. It is 1000: 1038 in Puduchery. But in Haryana it is 1000: 877, in Chandigarh 1000: 818 and in Punjab it is 1000: 893. In this way we can say that the declining sex ratio is a major cause of concern in society.

2. Violence Against Women. Female foeticide leads to decline in sex ratio which
further leads to increase in violence against women. Girls are killed either before birth or new born girls are killed. Even people abandon their daughters in trains. Females have to face violence as they have given birth to girl, not boy. Many have to face sex based violence such as rape, abduction, prostitution etc. ‘

3. Low Status of Women. Declining sex ratio leads to decline in social status of women. If any female is unable to give birth to boy and is bearing only female child, she is forced to opt for abortion. Social evils and social institutions are also responsible for this and it can have an adverse impact on social status of females.

Question 5.
What do you understand by female foeticide? Explain various measures to combat this problem.
Answer:
The word female foeticide is made up of two words female and foeticide. The meaning of female is girl and foeticide is killing foetus. So, if we look at the literal meaning of female foeticide it is killing of females foetus in mother’s womb. Actually this concept of female foeticide came forward in last few decades when sex ratio of our country started declining.

Meaning of Female Foeticide. Due to many reasons, people wish to have a boy. They use many methods to get .a boy in place of a girl. When a female gets pregnant, during first three months, foetus is not yet fully developed. It is still known as foetus. These days, many new modern techniques have come forward which tell us that the foetus is of boy or girl. Such test is known as sex determination test. If the foetus is of boy, it’s fine but if it is of girl, it is aborted or terminated. It is known as female foeticide. Just because of female foeticide, the sex ratio in India started declining. In 2011, it was 943 girls behind 1000 boys.

Causes of Female Foeticide. When the foetus of a girl is terminated in the mother’s womb, it is called female foeticide. This is one of the social problems which came forward in last few decades. It can have many reasons which are given-below:

1. Traditional Society. The problem of female foeticide prevails more in traditional society. If we compare developed societies such as U.S.A., U.K. etc. with the traditional societies such as India, China, Pakistan etc., we observe that sex ratio is quite less in traditional societies. It is so because people have a tendency in such societies that they need a boy for the continuation of family and to give fire to their funeral pyre. Due to such tendencies, number of boys increase in traditional societies as people prefer to have a boy.

2. Wish to have a male child. Generally people wish to have a boy for the continuation of family and to give fire to their funeral pyre after death. Moreover people know if there will be a girl, they will have to give lot of dowry at the time of her marriage. Along with this, they’ll have to give a lot even after girl’s marriage. That’s why people don’t want girl and they even try for this. They do not hesitate from killing female foetus. In this way wish to have a boy also increases female foeticide.

3. Technological Advances. During ancient times, people did’t have access to technological advances as they were not available. So, it was not possible to conduct sex determination test. They had to wait till child’ birth. If it was girl, she was killed at the time of her birth. But with time, many techniques came forward which made it possible to know about the sex of child. Just after 18 weeks of pregnancy, ultrasound machines tell us that the foetus is boy or girl. Thousands of clinics and nursing homes came forward which terminate female foetus. They even kill unborn girl in the womb of mother. New tools have made this work quite easy. In this way technological advancements are responsible for female foeticide.

4. Patriarchal Society. Our society is basically a patriarchal society and males dominate our houses. They take care of the house and take all the important decisions. In such societies, the status of females is quite low and everything is done according to the wish of males. Females cannot do anything with their wish. Males in such society wish to have boys at home and they do not hestitate from committing female foeticide. Females have to accept this as it is the decision of males. In this way, they are forced to accept this wrong act.

Consequences of Females Foeticide: The problem of female foeticide can have some dangerous consequences on society which are given below:

1. Declining Sex Ratio. If we look at the record of the past 100 years we can see that during last 100 years of 1901-2001, the sex ratio has declined quite considerably. Yet, the number of females increased during the decades of 1971-1981 and 1991-2001 but in rest of the decades, it decreased quite considerbely. In India, only Kerala is the state with positive sex ratio. This no. is 1000: 1084 in Kerala. It is 1000: 1038 in Puduchery. But in Haryana it is 1000: 877, in Chandigarh 1000: 818 and in Punjab it is 1000: 893. In this way we can say that the declining sex ratio is a major cause of concern in society.

2. Violence Against Women. Female foeticide leads to decline in sex ratio which
further leads to increase in violence against women. Girls are killed either before birth or new born girls are killed. Even people abandon their daughters in trains. Females have to face violence as they have given birth to girl, not boy. Many have to face sex based violence such as rape, abduction, prostitution etc.

3. Low Status of Women. Declining sex ratio leads to decline in social status of women. If any female is unable to give birth to boy and is bearing only female child, she is forced to opt for abortion. Social evils and social institutions are also responsible for this and it can have an adverse impact on social status of females.

Measures to combat problem: See Question No. 8 of long answer type questions (IV).

Question 6.
Write a detailed note on domestic violence.
Or
What is domestic violence?
Answer:
Sociologists were attracted towards the problem of family violence during last few decades of 20th century. The concept of family violence is not new in Indian society. It is a centuries old concept and sociologists have given their attention towards it in recent times. It is not correct that the family violence was not there in ancient societies. Family violence is a universal thing and has remained in almost all the societies. Violence and even deaths are also related with this. But we have very less knowledge about this concept because very less statistics are available with us about family violence and very few researches have been done till date regarding this.

It is very difficult to bring conclusions in these types of researches because generally people never like to talk about family violence. In this way very less data of family violence is available with us. Another reason of less availability of data of this concept is that many research works have been done related to family in India, but all of these were related with either structure and functions of joint family or structure and function of nuclear family. No one has paid its attention towards the concept of family violence.

One another reason is that people think that if they will talk with any stranger regarding this then his or her family will break up or conflict in the family will increase. That’s why people never like to share their experience of family violence > with any one. Another reason of less number of researches being done on family violence is that there is very less importance of that part of family on which violence is being committed and that part of family is females and children. It is true that our urban society is progressing very quickly but rural society is standing there where it was 50 years back. Females and children are given very less importance in our society. Even society hardly accepts it as a problem. Society declines to accept it a problem and says, that it is not a problem. Domestic violence is accepted as a feature of personal mental illness.

Even many historians hardly accept it as a social problem and say that the family violence is a personal matter of the family. That’s why it should be kept only for the family or for the home. It is true that government has made many laws after independence to stop domestic violence so that the mutual understanding, love, cooperation, sympathy etc. could be increased in the society. Even there is provision of strict punishment in different laws who commit violence against females and children. But this topic is very important for sociology because till date sociology has studied only family or good and positive aspect of family life but it has never studied the negative aspect of family violence.

If any social system is formed then it is the result of integrative and disintegrative processes. In this way family life is also a mixture of negative and positive aspects. Experience of family life of ttvo persons could also be different and they are generally different. If any person has no problem in family life then his family life is full of happiness. But if any person has many problems in family life then his family life will be full of sorrows. Members of family in family life are very much close to each other and this closeness is due to mutual dependence. Opposition and differences also occur in the views of members due to this dependence.

These differences create mutual conflict also. One writer was of the view that the families where there is a lot of conflict in the family, they use more reasons to remove that conflict and more violence is there in those families. We cannot find same type of situation in the family. Family life is always full of happiness and sorrowness. General consensus and conflict always occur in the family. Many a time violence occurs due to this conflict and many a time this violence results in the form of death. Very less data is available in our country related to domestic violence. Generally researchers pay attention towards the physical violence which is committed in the family. They hardly care about the psychological violence. Psychological violence is very dangerous because its effect lasts for the whole life. But even then the family life has not been explained in a proper way. That’s why our knowledge related to this is very limited.

Definition of Domestic Violence:

Domestic violence is a complex concept. It is very difficult to define it because violence is a very wide concept in which abusing, slapping and the concept of murder are included. Except this the meaning of force and violence are generally taken in the same sense. Violence is generally a physical activity but force is the activity full of hatred in which we hurt other person. This hurt could be physical and psychological as well. From the researches being done on family violence we come to know that we cannot differentiate the legal and illegal activity because the victims of violence make the act of violence legal by accepting those violent acts.

According to Gelles, “Day to day patterned and recurrent use of physical violence like pushing, slapping, punching, knifing, shooting and throwing objects by one member of the family at another.” According to Pagelow, “An act of omission or commission by family members and any condition comes out of such activity which deprives other members of family of equal rights and liberties and interferes with their’optimal development and freedom of choice.”

In this way family violence is not limited only to physical violence but is extended from psychological violence and up to snatching freedom of-members of family. It happens again and again in family relation. The area of family violence starts abusing and goes up to the use of force. Conflict of husband-wife, brother-sister, uncles, grandfather, grandson is included in this. In this way family violence is that act which is being committed by one member of the family towards other member of the family with an idea to strike other one. Yet the violence is very common in our society and violence is not a particular thing itself but when the violence is being used against the members of the family then its study and explanation become necessary.

There can be many types of family violence like misbehave of husband and wife towards each other, marital rape, rape of sister by brother or of daughter by father, violence between brother and sister, violence in father and the son, violence in mother-in-law and daughter-in-law etc. Generally it has been believed that the violence in any other condition is known as very serious but if this violence will be on the base of family then it is accepted as the family problem or just a small crime.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 11 Female Foeticide and Domestic Violence

Question 7.
What are the causes of domestic violence?
Or
What are the causes of domestic violence? Discuss.
Answer:
There is not just one or two causes of domestic violence but it has many reasons whose description is given ahead:

1. Social change: Change is law of nature and family and society are also affected by this. Changes are often coming in family, house and society due to geographical and cultural effects. A new change has come in the old relations due to many factors like urbanization, industrialization, new and formal educational system, means of transport and communication etc. People get many chances to get work because of which members of the family were forced to leave the ancient web of relationships. New generation gave importance to nuclear families instead of joint families so that they could move from one place to another. Due to living alone they went out of control of any elder. Problems of office, problems of running the house when become intolerable for the person then he takes out his anger on wife and children in the family because of which domestic violence increases.

2. Alcoholism: Generally it has been seen that humans are using alcohol to get relief from the tensions or for the sake of fun. When a person reaches the home after consuming alcohol then his wife, children, parents etc. advise him not to use alcohol and even tell him about the consequences of using alcohol. Many a time person listens to it and then he comes in anger and starts to beat up his family members. He abuses them and severely beats them up. He thinks that his family members are increasing his problems. In this way he is hardly aware of the fact what he is doing under the influence of liquor. His body remains under the influence of liquor and he hardly cares that wh#t is he doing. In this way alcoholism also increases domestic violence.

3. Misbehaviour of childhood: Many scholars say that many people are very much misbehaved in their childhood by their parents. Their childhood has been spent with full of misbehaviour, violence of parents and without love. Behaviour of many persons becomes rude because of this and when they become adult they misbehave with their parents, wife, and children. Many persons keep these things in their mind and when they become young they also misbehave (physical and psychological) with their parents and children. In this way the childhood of the person is some times responsible for domestic violence.

4. Drug abuse: These days many medicines are available in the market with which person can come in the influence of drug like capsules, injections etc. Yet doctor gives the person to cure its problems but many a time humans start to use them as a drug. When the person consumes them then he hardly cares about the fact that what he is doing. He misbehaves with the members of the family and even he beats them up. He abuses them, beats them up so that he is able to get money from them. In this way domestic violence increases due to drug abuse.

5. Problem of personality: Many a time personality problems can also become a reason of family violence. Some persons are angry by nature and come in anger with small, small things. For example in many families uncles beat up their nephew even due to small things. Some people are very possessive by nature. They beat their wife, children, sister even after little bit of doubt on their behaviour and character. For example if their son, daughter, child is talking on phone then they ask them with whom and why are you talking? If they are unable to get satisfactory answer then they beat them up. In this way problem of personality also becomes a cause of family violence.

6. Less income: Today is the age of inflation but the income of every person is | very much limited. Income of the family is generally less but expenditure is more. That’s why they are unable to run their family in a proper way and they always remain in the economic problems. Person always remains in the tension. Family 1 members demand many things from him but he is unable to fulfil those demands and that’s why he beats them up in tension and anger and violence happens automatically. In this way less income can also become the cause of domestic violence.

7. Unemployment: Many a time unemployment can also become a reason of family violence. Many a time business of any person remains no more, he looses his job etc. In this condition he becomes either unemployed or half employed. He becomes annoyed with this and remains in tension. He brings out his anger on the family members because of which domestic violence increases.

8. Capacity to commit violence: Many a time family members commit violence at that time when the value of being violent is less than that of its result. In other words people beat other members of their family because they can do so. Males are generally powerful than females and children. That’s why they use violent methods against them. Inequality in family and society exists due to sex and age. That’s why the strong person and aged person uses violence and domestic violence increases with this.

9. Clash of interests: God has made every person of a different nature and the interests of every perspn are also different according to that. Any one wants to get more education and any one wants to earn more money. In this way interests of every member of family are also different. Interests of father, son, nephew, uncle, brother, sister, grandfather, grandson etc. are also different. That’s why there is a clash of interests. Every member of the family wants that he should get more and more family’s property. That’s why conflict starts in members of the family. Even brothers hardly talk with each other while living in the family, conflict occurs in father and son. Even they try to kill each other because of property. We can read this type of news in daily newspaper like son killed his father, brother killed his brother, nephew killed his uncle. In this way clash of interests also becomes a reason of domestic violence.

10. Male dominated society: Our society is male dominated society because of which females are given very low status in family and society. In this way the cause of violence against women comes out due to the lower status of women as compared to males. All the powers in male dominated society are in the hands of males. The process of socialization also keeps females under the authority of males. This inequality in both the sexes is going on from the ages. More inequality will lead to the violence against lower class. Except this if lower class (females) will try to oppose it then its answer will also be given in the form of violence.

11. Dependency: Generally males earn money in the family and all the other members depend upon them to live. That’s why males feel that the life of other members of the family is in their command. That’s why they can change their lives. If members of the family spend their lives according to his views then it’s fine otherwise they can be forced to live in his way with the help of violence. In this way dependency also increases domestic violence.

Question 8.
Write a note about control of domestic vialence.
Or
Explain various measures to combat domestic violence.
Answer:
Domestic violence is not a new concept. It was also there in ancient societies. At that time family was giving psychological, physical and social security to its members. But many new changes are coming in joint family. This change has come in the roles of elders of the family. Tension is coming in the relations of husband and wife. Elders are disrespected and many cases of misbehaviour with them can be read in newspapers. Younger members are getting more rights. Elders are not considered as useful but are considered as useless and that’s why the cases of misbehaviour are increasing with them. Relations of parents and children are weakening. Relations of husband and wife are weakening and this we can come to knew from the increasing number of divorces. Ancient family structure remains no more. In future the concept of joint family will also come to an end.

In this way to reduce family violence and to save the lives of victims of violence it is necessary that it should be stopped and it should be cured but we can not change our culture while curing it. Its cure is to stop it. The main aim of stopping methods is to stop family violence. First of all, we have to change our values, behaviour, nature etc. with which our way of looking the females will also be changed.

Sexual inequality,’ economic inequality, and dependency also increase family violence. If the difference between job-oriented females and males will come to an end then family violence will also come to an end. Except this, we should not beat our children but make them understand with love. Violence will give birth to counter-violence. Whichever system will be established with violence it will also come to an end with violence. If we will beat our children to make them understand then it will not affect their bodies but will affect their minds as well. He will never forget this beating for his whole life and will show the same face to his parents which was shown to him by his parents. If we will educate them with love then it would be a very important step to reduce domestic violence because love gives birth to love.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities Important Questions and Answers.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. When was Untouchability Offence Act passed?
(a) 1956
(b) 1954
(c) 1955
(d) 1957
Answer:
(c) 1955

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

2. Which institution completely disintegrated the Indian society?
(a) Caste system
(b) Class system
(c) Joint family
(d) Dowry system
Answer:
(a) Caste system

3. Which of these is the base of caste?
(a) Money
(b) Birth
(c) Property
(d) Religion
Answer:
(6b) Birth

4. Who was the first one to use the word ‘Harijan’?
(a) Dr. Ambedkar
(b) Mahatma Gandhi
(c) The Indian Constitution
(d) G.S.Ghurye
Answer:
(b) Mahatma Gandhi

5. Who gave the six features of caste system?
(a) Ghurye
(b) Srinivas
(c) Dubey
(d) Karve
Answer:
(a) Ghurye

6. Who gave the traditional theory of caste origin?
(a) Majumdar
(b) Karve
(c) Srinivas
(d) Dubey
Answer:
(a) Majumdar

7. The mate selection within the group is called …………….
(a) Exogamy
(b) Endogamy
(c) Group Marriage
(d) Monogamy
Answer:
(b) Endogamy

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Fill in the Blanks:

1. Ghurye gave ………………. features of caste system.
Answer:
six

2. ……………… system took the form of caste system.
Answer:
varna

3. Traditional theory is given in ……………….
Answer:
Rigveda

4. In the process of ………………… lower caste people adopt the ideas, habits, ways of living etc. of upper caste people.
Answer:
Sanskritization

5. With the process of …………………. untouchability has almsot eliminated from society.
Answer:
Secularization

6. The problem of untouchability is due to ……………….. system.
Answer:
caste

True/False:

1. Caste system is based on wealth.
Answer:
False

2. Untouchability Offence Act was passed in 1960.
Answer:
False

3. Traditional theory of caste origin is given in Rigveda.
Answer:
True

4. Caste system originated from the varna system.
Answer:
True

5. First three castes were known as ‘dwija’.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

One Word/One Line Questions Answers:

Question 1.
Which system has divided our society 7
Answer:
Caste system has divided our society.

Question 2.
From which language’s word, the word caste came?
Answer:
Word ‘caste’ was originated from a Portuguese word ‘CASTA’.

Question 3.
Which type of class is caste?
Answer:
Caste is a closed class.

Question 4.
Who were given the highest place in Caste system?
Answer:
Brahmins were given the highest place in caste system.

Question 5.
Which caste was greatly exploited in Caste system?
Answer:
Fourth caste was greatly exploited in caste system.

Question 6.
What is meant by Endogamy?
Answer:
When marriage is done within one’s own caste then it is known as endogamy. Question 7. Which type of occupation of an individual is there in caste system? An. In caste system, occupation of an individual is based on birth. It means one is required to adopt the occupation of his family.

Question 8.
On what, mutual relations in caste system are based?
Answer:
In caste system, mutual relations are based on superiority and inferiority.

Question 9.
What is meant by closed caste system?
Answer:
The class which cannot be changed is known as closed caste system.

Question 10.
What is used to make Kachcha food and Pakka food?
Answer:
Water is used to make Kachcha food and oil is used to make Pakka food.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Question 11.
On what division of labour in Indian society was based?
Answer:
Division of labour in Indian society was based on caste system.

Question 12.
Who gave the Racial theory of origin of caste system?
Answer:
G.S. Ghurye gave the racial theory of caste system.

Question 13.
Which theory was given by Ghurye about origin of caste system?
Answer:
Racial theory was given by Ghurye.

Question 14.
Who gave the Religious theory of origin of Caste system?
Answer:
Hockart and Senart gave the religious theory of origin of caste system.

Question 15.
Who gave the occupational theory about origin of Caste system?
Answer:
Nesfield gave this theory.

Question 16.
Who wrote the book ‘Caste in India’?
Answer:
The book ‘Caste in India’ was written by J.H. Hutton.

Question 17.
Who wrote the book Races and Culture?
Answer:
The book Races and Culture was written by Majumdar.

Question 18.
How many features of caste system are given by G.S. Ghurye?
Answer:
G.S. Ghurye has given six features of Caste system.

Question 19.
When was Untouchability Offence Act passed?
Answer:
Untouchability Offence Act was passed in 1955.

Question 20.
When was Civil Rights Protection Act passed?
Answer:
Civil Rights Protection Act was passed in 1976.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Question 21.
When was Hindu Marriage Act passed?
Answer:
Hindu Marriage Act was passed in 1955.

Question 22.
Which thing was restricted in Untouchability Offence Act?
Answer:
It was restricted that no one will be called as untouchable.

Question 23.
How many castes approximately are available in India?
Answer:
Approximately 3,000 castes are available in India.

Question 24.
Which type of marriage is allowed in Caste system?
Answer:
Endogamy is allowed in caste system.

Question 25.
In how many parts, ancient Indian society was divided?
Answer:
Ancient Indian society was divided into four parts.

Question 26.
What was the merit of caste system?
Or
Write about one positive function of caste system.
Answer:
It has protected Hindu society, has given stability to society and has given definite occupation to the people.

Question 27.
Which type of change is coming in caste-system?
Or
Mention one change in caste system.
Answer:
Prestige of Brahmins is declining, untouchability remains no more and traditional occupations are coming to an end.

Question 28.
Give main features of caste system.
Or
Mention any two features of caste.
Answer:
Membership of caste remains for life, segmental division of society is there and one has to adopt his traditional occupation.

Question 29.
What is the demerit of caste system?
Answer:
Lower castes are exploited, untouchability increased and personality of an individual is unable to develop.

Question 30.
Who gave the Multifactor theory of origin of caste system?
Answer:
It was given by Hutton.

Question 31.
Who has accepted caste as a political unit?
Answer:
Saxena has accepted caste as a political unit.

Question 32.
What is the base of membership of caste?
Answer:
Base of membership of caste is birth.

Question 33.
What is the permanent form of stratification?
Answer:
Caste is the permanent form of stratification.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Question 34.
Which institution has greatly disintegrated the Indian society?
Answer:
Caste system has greatly disintegrated the Indian society.

Question 35.
Which scholar has divided functions of caste system into three parts?
Answer:
J.H. Hutton has divided functions of caste system into three parts.

Question 36.
In which Veda’s purushsukta, the description of origin of caste system is given?
Answer:
In Rigveda’s purushsukta, the description of origin of caste system is given.

Question 37.
From which word, the word caste is originated?
Answer:
The word caste is originated from the Portuguese word ‘CASTA’.

Question 38.
Which are the main bases of caste?
Answer:
Caste is a very large group whose bases are caste based differences and birth based differences.

Question 39.
Why are restrictions kept in caste system?
Answer:
So that the different castes could not come in each other’s contact and caste superiority and inferiority could remain as it is.

Question 40.
How is caste a closed group?
Or
Is caste a closed group?
Answer:
Caste is a closed group because one cannot change it even if one has the ability to do so.

Question 41.
How is occupation fixed in Caste System?
Or
Definite occupation in caste.
Or
Hereditary occupations.
Or
Traditional occupation.
Answer:
Occupation in caste is traditional. It means one has to adopt the occupation of his family.

Question 42.
Which two laws have helped in the weakening of caste system?
Answer:

  • Hindu Marriage Act, 1955.
  • Untouchability Offence Act, 1955.

Question 43.
What is social disability of lower castes?
Answer:
Social disability of lower castes is that they cannot keep relations with upper castes and cannot take water from their wells.

Question 44.
What is religious disability of lower castes?
Answer:
Lower castes cannot take religious education, cannot read religious books and cannot go into temples.

Question 45.
How has industrialization affected the Caste system?
Or
Effect of industrialisation on Caste System.
Answer:
In industries, people of different castes started to work together with which caste based restrictions came to an end.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Question 46.
Caste develops the feeling of Co-operation.
Answer:
It is right because members of one caste work with each other due to same occupation co-operate with each other.

Question 47.
Untouchability.
Or
What is Untouchability?
Answer:
The process in which people of few castes were not allowed to touch the upper caste people was known as untouchability.

Question 48.
Inter-caste Marriage.
Answer:
When people of two different castes marry with each other then it is known as inter-caste marriage.

Question 49.
Is Caste system changing?
Answer:
Yes, caste system is changing due to a number of factors like education, industrialisation, urbanisation, laws etc.

Question 50.
Maintenace of Purity of Blood.
Answer:
When one marries within his own caste then it maintains the purity of blood. Blood of other castes never mixes with one’s caste.

Question 51.
Endogamy.
Answer:
When an individual does marriage within his own caste or group then it is known as Endogamy.

Question 52.
Is class intermarriageable?
Answer:
Yes, class is intermarriagable. It means endogamous as well as exogamous.

Question 53.
Hierarchy in Caste.
Answer:
There were four castes—Brahmins, Kshatriyas, Vaishyas and Lower castes. This was the hierarchy in caste.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Question 54.
What are the bases of class?
Answer:
Money, wealth, prestige, education, occupation etc. are the bases of class.

Question 55.
What is the fundamental basis of caste system?
Answer:
Fundamental basis of caste system was the superiority of few castes and inferiority of few castes.

Question 56.
Restrictions on feeding and social relations in Caste.
Answer:
Different castes in Caste system were not allowed to keep feeding and social relations with each other.

Question 57.
Restrictions regarding marriage in a caste.
Answer:
There was restriction regarding marriage in a caste. It means members of different castes were not allowed to marry with each other.

Question 58.
Maintenance of Purity of Blood.
Answer: Members of different castes cannot marry with each other. So their blood never mixes with other caste and it maintains purity of blood.

Question 59.
Caste membership based on birth. .
Answer: A person remains member of that caste in which he is born and he cannot change his caste even if he has the ability to do so.

Question 60.
Caste provides social security.
Answer:
If any problem comes to an individual, then members of his caste always help him. In this way, caste provides social security.

 

Question 61.
State any two abuses of caste system.
Answer:

  • In caste system, one particular caste was exploited.
  • In caste system, hatredness prevailed among different castes.

Question 62.
What is the basis of class?
Answer:
In modern times, wealth occupation, business etc. are the bases of class.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Very Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Hierarchy of Castes.
Answer:
Society was divided into four castes and due to this division, there was a definite system of high or low social status in society. This system of division of society into four castes is known as hierarchy of castes.

Question 2.
How is the social status of an individual determined?
Answer:
In caste system, the social status of an individual was determined by the caste in which he was born. But in class system, the social status of an individual is based on his individual ability.

Question 3.
Caste develops the sense of Co-operation.
Answer:
It is a fact that caste develops the sense of co-operation among its members. As members of one particular caste have same occupation, that’s why they work in co-operation with each other.

Question 4.
What is Kachcha food?
Answer:
Kaccha food is that food in whose making, oil or ghee is not used, only water is used. In caste system, it is fixed that from which caste one can take kaccha food and from which caste one can take pakka food.

Question 5.
What is Pakka food?
Answer:
Pakka food is exactly opposite to Kachcha food. Pakka food is that’food in whose making ghee or oil is used. It is fixed that from which caste one can take Pakka food. ‘

Question 6.
Modern Education and Caste.
Answer:
Now people are taking modern education which is based on Science and reason. That’s why gradually people come to know about demerits of caste and it leads to removal of caste restrictions from the society.

Question 7.
Social Security in Caste.
Answer:
If any problem comes to an individual then all the members of one caste collectively solve that problem. In this members of each caste get social security from their respective castes.

Question 8.
Membership of caste based on birth.
Answer:
It is a fact that membership of caste is based on birth. One cannot leave the caste in which he is born. At any cost he cannot leave his caste even if he is having the ability to do so.

Question 9.
To maintain purity of blood.
Answer:
Caste is an endogamous group in which one needs to marry in his own caste. It helps in maintaining purity of blood as blood from all the castes never mixes with each other.

Question 10.
Give one definition of caste.
Answer:
According to Martindale and Mona Chesi, “A caste is aggregate of persons whose share of obligations and privileges is fixed by birth, sanctioned and supported by magic and religion.”

Question 11.
Exploitation of lower castes.
Answer:
In caste system, lower castes were exploited by the upper castes. They were misbehaved and were not given any rights. They lived their fives in hell-like conditions.

Question 12.
Discuss two changes in the Caste System.
Answer:

  • Due to the passing of many Legislations, the discrimination of untouchabifity is coming to an end.
  • Due to the advent of many new occupations, the hierarchical order of the caste system and the superiority of many castes is changing.

Question 13.
Caste as Segmental division of society.
Or
Give the number and name of castes.
Answer:
In caste system, whole of the society was divided into different parts. First part comprised the Brahmins, second part comprised the Kshatriyas, third part was Vaishyas and the fourth part comprised the people of lower castes.

Question 14.
Change in the caste regarding marriage.
Answer:
Now people work with each other and come closer to each other. It led to increase in inter-cas’te marriages. People started to marry according to their own wish. Child marriage no more prevails, widow marriage is increasing day by day.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Meaning of Caste.
Or
Caste.
Answer:
Hindu social system has one of the important complex and interesting institutions which is known as caste system. Word Caste has been taken from Portuguese word ‘Casta’ whose meaning is birth. Caste is an endogamous group whose membership is based on birth, occupation is hereditary and traditional. Many types of restrictions are there regarding ways of living, eating, relations and marriage.

According to Risley, “Caste is a collection of families or group of families bearing a common name, claiming a common descent from mythical ancestor, human or divine. Professing to follow the name hereditary calling and regarded by those who are competent to give an opinion as forming a single homogeneous community.”

Question 2.
Give any four characteritics of Caste.
Answer:

  • Membership of caste is based upon birth.
  • Caste is an endogamous group.
  • Restrictions on social relations are there in caste.
  • Restrictions are there in caste regarding feeding.
  • Occupation of a person is hereditary in caste. It means that no one can adopt any occupation of his choice.
  • Society is divided in different segments.
  • There is a definite hierarchy in caste system.

Question 10.
Give one definition of caste.
Answer:
According to Martindale and Mona Chesi, “A caste is aggregate of persons whose share of obligations and privileges is fixed by birth, sanctioned and supported by magic and religion.”

Question 11.
Exploitation of lower castes.
Answer:
In caste system, lower castes were exploited by the upper castes. They were misbehaved and were not given any rights. They lived their lives in hell-like conditions.

Question 12.
Discuss two changes in the Caste System.
Answer:

  • Due to the passing of many Legislations, the discrimination of untouchability is coming to an end.
  • Due to the advent of many new occupations, the hierarchical order of the caste system and the superiority of many castes is changing.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Question 13.
Caste as Segmental division of society.
Or
Give the number and name of castes.
Answer:
In caste system, whole of the society was divided into different parts. First part comprised the Brahmins, second part comprised the Kshatriyas, third part was Vaishyas and the fourth part comprised the people of lower castes.

Question 14.
Change in the caste regarding marriage.
Answer:
Now people work with each other and come closer to each other. It led to increase in inter-caste marriages. People started to marry according to their own wish. Child marriage no more prevails, widow marriage is increasing day by day.

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Meaning of Caste.
Or
Caste.
Answer:
Hindu social system has one of the important complex and interesting institutions which is known as caste system. Word Caste has been taken from Portuguese word ‘Casta’ whose meaning is birth. Caste is an endogamous group whose membership is based on birth, occupation is hereditary and traditional. Many types of restrictions are there regarding ways of living, eating, relations and marriage.

According to Risley, “Caste is a collection of families or group of families bearing a common name, claiming a common descent from mythical ancestor, human or divine. Professing to follow the name hereditary calling and regarded by those who are competent to give an opinion as forming a single homogeneous community.”

Question 2.
Give any four characteritics of Caste.
Answer:

  • Membership of caste is based upon birth.
  • Caste is an endogamous group.
  • Restrictions on social relations are there in caste.
  • Restrictions are there in caste regarding feeding.
  • Occupation of a person is hereditary in caste. It means that no one can adopt any occupation of his choice.
  • Society is divided in different segments.
  • There is a definite hierarchy in caste system.

Question 3.
What is Hierarchy?
Answer:
There was a definite hierarchy in caste system. Society was divided in different segments on the basis of their higher or lower status. Brahmins got the higher status in all parts of India. Kshatriyas were coming at second place and third place was of Vaishyas. Fourth and the last place was given to lower castes. Social status of any person in society was determined on the basis of this hierarchy.

Question 4.
Caste as Segmental division of Society.
Or
Segment division of Society.
Answer:
The Indian society was divided in many segments in caste system and generally it was divided in four segments. Status, place and functions of member of every segment were pre-determined. Every caste had its own rituals, customs, traditions, values etc. That is why the scope of relations of members of every caste was generally limited to its own caste. Every caste was a social unit in itself where a person can spend his whole life.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Question 5.
Membership based on birth.
Or
How is membership of caste fixed or determined?
Answer:
Membership of any caste is based upon birth. No one can detrmine his caste according to his wish. Social status of a person was determined by that caste in which caste that person was born. No one can change his caste even if he has the ability to do so. In this way the person used to get social status according to the caste in which he was born, not on the basis of individual ability.

Question 6.
Which type of restrictions are there in caste regarding food?
Answer:
Some clear rules are there in caste system which tell us that with which caste we can establish relations regarding food or feeding. Whole food has been divided into two parts-Kachcha food and Pakka food. Kachcha food is that food which can be made with the help of water and Pakka food is that food which can be made with the help of oil or ghee. A general rule is that any person never takes kachcha food till that time until it has not been made by the person of his own caste. Brahmins accept Pakka food from any specific caste.

Question 7.
How is occupation fixed in caste?
Answer:
According to the rules of caste system, all the castes have their traditional, specific and hereditary occupations. Every person has to adopt the occupation of that caste in which he is born even if the other occupations are more profitable. Person had no choice instead of adopting his traditional and hereditary occupations. Main function of the brahmins was to perform religious function and to give education to people. Function of Kshatriyas was to protect the country and rule over the country. Vaishyas were doing agriculture and business and the function of lower castes was to serve the people of higher three castes. All of them had to adopt traditional occupations.

Question 8.
What are the rules regarding marriage in caste?
Answer:
Most of the castes have been divided in sub-castes in caste system and all of these sub-castes are not allowed to marry with the people of other caste or sub-caste. Person has to marry in his own caste. Yet in some conditions person was free to marry with the girl of lower caste but the general rule was that person has to marry in his own caste. If any one was trying to break this rule he was generally thrown out of his caste and he was not allowed to enter in any other caste or sub-caste. In this way all of them were allowed to marry within their own castes.

Question 9.
Restrictions regarding castes.
Or
Which restrictions were related with caste?
Answer:
Some rules are there in every caste regarding restrictions on some points like:

  • Every person had to adopt the occupation of his own caste.
  • He has to obey the restrictions regarding rules of feeding.
  • He has to marry in his own caste.
  • Lowfer were not allowed to get education and to enter into the temples.
  • Lower people were not allowed to touch the people of higher castes and to take water from wells of people of higher castes.

Question 10.
Restrictions on Social relations.
Or
Which type of restrictions were there in caste system regarding Social relations?
Answer:
Society was divided in different castes in earlier times and the sense of high and low was there in these castes. People of higher castes lived inside the village and people of lower castes lived outside of the village. They kept themselves away from each other.Lower castes were also not allowed to perform Upanayana Samskara. In this way restrictions were there on people to establish relations with people of other castes.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Question 11.
How caste provides social security?
Answer:
Caste provides social security to its members. Members of every caste are always ready to help the members of their castes. There was ho need for a person to be worried from any point of view because he was aware of the fact that caste will definitely help him if any need arises. Caste gives social security in two ways. Firstly it determines the social status of a person and secondly it protects the person from every type of problem.

Question 12.
Describe the functions of caste.
Answer:

  • Caste determines the occupation of a person.
  • Caste provides social security to a person.
  • Caste gives mental security to a person.
  • Caste maintains purity of the blood.
  • Caste provides political stability to the country.
  • Caste saves the technical knowledge.
  • Caste determines the rules related to education.

Question 13.
Purity of blood.
Or
How caste maintains purity of blood?
Answer:
Caste is an endogamous group with which the purity of the blood can be maintained. There were very strict restrictions regarding marriage. No one was allowed to marry out of his own caste. That is why the marriages were performed only within the caste. If any one was trying to break this rule then he was generally thrown out of the caste. With this the purity of blood was maintained. No one was trying to marry out of his caste which helps in the maintenance of purity of blood.

Question 14.
Caste and Occupation efficiency.
Or
How caste brings efficiency in occupation?
Answer:
Occupation of every caste was fixed in caste system. These occupations were according to the family and lineage and were transmitted from generation to generation. Efficiency of occupation comes in every child due to his ancestral traits because he gets atmosphere of that occupation in the family in which he is born. In this way efficiency of occupation and specialization comes in a person automatically without getting education.

Question 15.
Untouchability.
Or
Caste gives rise to untouchability.
Or
Contribution of Caste in increasing untouchability.
Answer:
The reason of increasing untouchablity was the division of the caste system. A large portion of total population were considered as impure because the occupation adopted by them was known as impure. They were kept away from the society. They were not allowed to touch anyone. This restriction was known as untouchability. People of lower castes lived out of the village or the city. That is why many problems like poverty, illiteracy etc. came in our society. Even restrictions regarding relations and feeding were there with them.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Question 16.
Caste is a closed group.
Or
Is Caste a closed group?
Answer:
Yes, caste is a closed group. Meaning of closed group is that the membership is based on birth. Social status of a person was determined by that caste in which he was bom. Person can neither leave his caste nor can change his caste. Anyone cannot change his caste even if he has enough ability. Membership of caste was not based upon the ability and wish of the person but was based upon birth. In this way it is a closed group.

Question 17.
Give merits of Caste.
Or
Two merits of Caste.
Answer:

  • Caste does division of labour.
  • Caste maintains the social unity.
  • Caste maintains the purity of blood.
  • Caste makes the rules of education.
  • Caste produces cooperation in society.
  • Caste provides mental and social security to the person.

Question 18.
Caste hindrance in Social Unity.
Or
Caste hinders Social Mobility.
Answer:
It is right that the caste is a hindrance in social unity and social mobility. It is so because society has been divided in many segments. There are many restrictions in keeping mutual relations in different castes. That is why there was no feeling of love and sympathy in people of different castes. Every caste thinks only about its members. People of lower castes were exploited by the people of higher castes because of which hatredness comes in castes and the sense of casteism comes in front of us. In this way caste is a hindrance in social unity. No one can change his caste because of which it lacks social mobility.

Question 19.
Causes of change in Caste.
Or
Why is Caste changing?
Answer:

  • Socio-religious movements.
  • Efforts of Indian government and making of legislations.
  • Contribution of Britishers towards change.
  • Change in caste due to industrialization.
  • Because of the spread of education.
  • Because of development in the means of transport and communication.

Question 20.
Is Caste changing?
Or
Future of Caste.
Answer:
Yes, caste is changing. Now importance is laid on money instead of caste. The policy of reservation is being adopted in jobs for scheduled castes. Now person can adopt any occupation. Inter-caste marriages have been started. Many changes have taken place in the rules of feeding. Now elections are fought on the name of caste. In this way after looking at this we can say that the caste is changing.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Question 21.
Demerits of Caste.
Answer:

  • Position of women is lower in caste system.
  • Caste system increases untouchability.
  • Caste system increases casteism.
  • Caste system increases cultural conflict.
  • Caste system is a hindrance in social unity and social mobility.
  • Caste system produces hindrance in efficiency of the person.
  • It is against the democratic values of the country.

Question 22.
Difference in caste and class.
Answer:

  • Caste is based upon birth but class is based upon wealth and money.
  • Caste cannot be changed but class can be changed.
  • Caste is a closed system but class is an open system.
  • Caste is against democratic system but class is according to the rules of democratic system.
  • Caste is putting many restrictions on its members but there is no restriction in class system.
  • There is no consciousness in caste but there is consciousness in differnt classes.

Question 23.
What do you mean by Inter-caste marriage?
Answer:
In ancient times, marriage out of the caste was not allowed. But there is no such restriction in modern times. When any person marries with the girl of other caste instead of his own caste then it is known as Inter-caste marriage.

Question 24.
Caste is Intra-marriage.
Or
Endogamy.
Or
Caste Endogamy.
Answer:
It is right that caste is Intra-marriage. It means that the person has to marry in his own caste. He is not allowed to marry out of his caste. If he marries out of his caste then he can be thrown out of his caste. It can help in maintaining purity of blood.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Question 25.
The Caste gives Social Structure.
Answer:
The whole society was divided in four segments in caste system. Every segment had its own social status and every segment had its predetermined traditional and hereditary occupations. No one was allowed to change his caste. Castes were restricted to make relation with other castes regarding marriage, feeding and keeping relations. In this way the whole society runs like an organisation or structure in caste system in which #11 the segments worked in their own way. In this way caste system gives social structure.

Question 26.
Give differences between caste and class.
Answer:

Class Caste
1. Social status of a person is made with the individual ability of its members. 1. There is no place of individual ability in caste. Social status Is based upon birth.
2. Membership of class is based upon money, status etc. 2. Membership of caste is based upon birth.
3. Person in class has more freedom of doing anything. 3. There are many types of restrictions on the person regarding feeding, relations, marriage etc.
4. Very less mutual distance is there in class. 4. Different castes are very much far away from each other.
5. Class system is based upon the theory of Democracy. 5. Caste system is completely against the system of Democracy.
6. Any person can change his class with his individua ability. 6. Person cannot change his caste even if he has the ablity to do so.
7. Different persons are very much conscious about their class in class system. 7. There is no consciousness in caste system because no one can change his caste.

Question 27.
Power.
Answer:
Society is generally divided into classes and humans are given status and roles according to these classes. Each person has different status and role. This division of society into different classes is known as stratification. When a person gets any position in society while obeying his role and status then we can say that he has achieved the power. In- this way power is a proces of contract in which decisions are taken in relation to preferences.

Question 28.
Caste Panchayat.
Answer:
During ancient times, there were caste Panchayats in villages which used to decide on the matters of different castes. Generally elders of upper castes were their members. It was believed that these caste panchayats decided impartially but actually decisions were given after looking at the caste of an individual. If the crime was committed by the person of upper caste then he was given less punishment but if even small type of crime was committed accidently by a lower caste person then he was given quite a heavy punishment. These caste panchayats have been abolished by the Indian Constitution.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Long- Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What is Varna System? Explain its meaning.
Answer:
The mixture of materialism and spiritualism is the main feature of the Indian Hindu Culture. According to this, meeting with God is the biggest pleasure but the pleasures of the world cannot be ignored. So the Hindu Culture has generated a system to get the pleasures of the mixture of both. This is known as Varna system. The Varna system was an unseparated part of Hindu culture inspite of basic base of Hindu Social system. Therefore, the duties related to Varna were called Varna Dharma. The relations between person and society were described systematically. With this help a person gives his help to run a social organisation. The Varna system had divided Indian society into four different parts so that the social functions could function systematically.

Literal meaning of Varna is colour. During Vedic period the Indian society was divided into four groups or Varna. The work of Brahmins was to give education and perform religious activities, Kshatriya’s work was to protect society and to defend country, the work of Vaishya was trade and agriculture. The work of fourth Varna was to serve all the three classes. Similarly the colour was given to these groups as per their work. For example, white colour to Brahmin, red colour to Kshatriya, yellow colour to Vaishya and black colour to fourth Varna were given. The white colour was the symbol of purity, the red colour was the symbol of anger and bravery, the yellow colour was the symbol of life’s physical commodities like food, clothes etc. Such division was done to fulfil the desires of human beings. Inspite of Indian society, we can find such division of work also in other societies of the world.

Meaning of the Varna. According to literature the word Varna is taken from word Vari’ which means to ‘choose’. Varna relates to the selection of work. In the same way the people of same Varna have same profession. Varna also means colour which was given to different classes. The same colour indicates the function of that
Varna. According to Dr. Sharma, it was not possible for the people of the Vedic period that they could evaluate their physical features. So, the meaning of Varna cannot be the colour. Therefore, word Varna mainly was related to qualities and Karma. Similarly, the Varna system was a system which divided different persons as per their qualities and profession in different classes.

In Varna system, the aim of these four divisions of whole society was to attain salvation as per their fate Karma-Dharma and religion which is the main aim of every Hindu life. In Varna system the responsibilities were organised in a way that every person could attain salvation by doing these functions.

Another thought about Varna system comes in mind that we should make one system to make / keep social system stable and that is Varna system, so that people cannot interfere in each other’s functions. The Varna system defines the area of work of each Varna. When this work is done then the desire of social and personal development arises. On one side the Varna system inspires a person to perform his hereditary profession and reduces physical desires and on other side it inspires a person to get knowledge, power and enjoy his life.

In this way, Varna system was a system in which the functions of a person are divided according to his birth. It is hoped from a person that he will do this work for the whole life, so that the whole system that is social system can remain stable or it can work systematically.

Question 2.
Explain in detail about Varna System.
Or
Explain Varna System as the traditional basis of Indian society.
Or
Explain functions of all ‘Varnas’ in system of Varna. (Varna system)
Answer:
Varna System was the base of traditional Hindu society and social organisation. There were many theories for Varna system to come in existence such as fate, birth, colour and man. These theories show similarity in the functions of Varna’s. In the form of tradition, Indian society was divided in four divisions on the basis of work. Varnas are formed to organise the society. The functions of Varna were determined so that no conflict may occur. Some rules were formed to fulfil the functions. To obey these rules was compulsory for all. The functions of four Varnas are given below:

1. Functions of Brahmins. The Brahmins were considered the highest of all the Varnas. The main function of Brahmin Varna was to give education and knowledge. In Vedas, Brahmin was accepted as supreme member of the society. According to Bhagwat Geeta, the qualities of a Brahmin were purity, to tolerate pain for religion, to excuse and, purity of body. So he was given supreme functions. The main function of Brahmin was to perform “Yagya”, study of Vedas, education and to perform religious functions. All functions were considered incomplete without the presence of Brahmin. People used to give them charity. If they could not feed themselves on their profession, then they could adopt the profession of Kshatriya and Vaishya. The responsibilities of Brahmins were to educate society and perform all religious functions from birth to death.

2. Kshatriya’s Functions. In the Varna system the work of Kshatriya was to protect people and to defend the country. Word “Rajad” was used for the people of Kshatriya Varna in Rigveda which means ‘King’ or ‘Great’. Therefore this word was always used for ruling class of the state. It was considered that if a country is insecure then it cannot do progress. So, the main function of Kshatriya was to protect the society and to defend the country. According to Bhagwat Gita, the real duty of the Kshatriyas was to rule with bravery, zeal and patience. In society the Kshatriyas had second position. So, the work of Kshatriyas was to protect the society internally and defend the country externally.

3. Functions of Vaishya. The group of persons which was related to economic activities of the society was called Vaishya. First of all the word Vaishya is used in Rigveda. According to Manu Samriti, the functions of Vaishya were to protect the animals, give charity, perform yagya, study, trade, take interest by lending money, do agriculture, rear animals and do sale and purchase business. They could perform the works of others also as per needs.

4. Functions of Fourth Varna. A group was established for the service of all three Varnas which is fourth Varna. According to religious books the main duty of this Varna was to serve the other three Varnas-Brahmin, Kshatriya and Vaishyas. This Varna was considered the lowest of all Varnas in the society. So, they were not given any economic, religious and social rights. They were not allowed to read and listen to Vedas’. Later on they were allowed to do the functions like art, agriculture and carpentery. This system had an important place in Hindu Social organisation. Traditionally this system was the base of Indian Society. There’is no evidence in the History that the Varnas were based on birth and fate. According to all religious scriptures, the Varna system was based on the traits and professions of a person, not on birth.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Question 3.
Explain the main features of Varna System.
Or
Explain the importance of Varna System.
Or
Explain the significance of Varna System in Indian Society.
Answer:
Varna system was established in Indian social system so that the Indian society could be administered smoothly. To run this society efficiently, the society was divided in four different parts. Function of every part was kept different so that no tension would come in the distribution of occupations. Main features and importance of Varna system is given below:

1. Division of Labour. The function of every Varna was determined in Varna system so that all of the social needs of humans could be fulfilled. That’s why function of every Varna was determined. In this every person does his determined work and contributes towards the progress of society. Brahmins were given the function of education, Kshatriyas were given the function of security, Vaishya’s function was of business and fourth Varna was given the function to give service to higher three Varnas. In this way division of labour occurs in Varna System.

2. It is based upon Traits and Nature. Some persons are of the view that the Varna System is based upon birth and person had to adopt the occupation of that Varna in which he was born. But if we look at the ancient scriptures then we come to know that it was not based upon birth. In earlier times it was based upon personal traits and nature of the person. But with the passage of time it became rigid and instead of based upon traits it became based upon birth.

3. Stress on Theory of Karma. This system gives stress on the theory of Karma that person will adopt the traditional occupation of that Varna in which he was born and will live his whole life while doing that work. With this the person was also told about the concept of recarnation or rebirth that if he will perform his duties in a proper way then he will get the next birth in the high Varna. With this the people started to perform their duties in an efficient manner and became satisfied with their respective positions.

4. Division of Rights and Duties. Every Varna in Varna system has been given some duties and rights. In this, the status of Brahmins is highest and that’s why their rights are also more than others. Duties of every one are determined in it and the duties of all are useful for the society. This system will shatter in the absence of one. Rights are also determined in it. That’s why definite levels were fixed in all Varnas and their higher or lower status was determined in society.

5. Determination of Occupation. Occupations of every Varna in Varna system are pre-determined and traditional and every person has to adopt the occupation of his Varna. Advantage of this system is that there is no need for person to move here and there to earn money because his occupation is already determined by birth.
In this way we can say that Varna system was of great importance in society and Karma System also came into being due to this.

Question 4.
Give features of caste system as given by G.S. Ghurye.
Answer:
Ghurye has given features of caste sytem which are more acceptable:

  • Segmental division of society
  • Hierarchy
  • Restrictions on feeding and social intercourse .
  • Civil and religious disabilities and privileges of various castes.
  • Lack of unrestricted choice of occupation
  • Restriction on marriage.

Now we will see these features in detail:

1. Segmental division of society. Caste system divides the Hindu society in many parts in which it determines or fixes the status, position and functions of the members of every part. That is why members of any specific group are conscious about their position and because of which they think themselves as unbreakable part of that group. The area of interaction of members of one caste is limited to its own caste because of this division of society in parts. Every caste has its own ways of living, traditions, values etc. Generally members of one caste interact with the members of its own caste. In this way according to Ghuriye one caste is a social unit in which person lives his whole life.

2. Hierarchy. In most parts of India, Brahmin varna has got the highest status. We can see a definite hierarchy in caste system in which all castes are kept in a definite hierarchy. In this system the status of highest and lowest caste is definitely determined but there is some unclarity between the middle caste.

3. Restrictions on feeding and social intercourse. There are some definite and detailed rules in caste system which tell us that with which caste a person can keep social relations and with which caste he can keep relations of feeding. Whole food has been divided in two categories of ‘Kacha Food’ and ‘Pakka Food’. We need water to cook ‘Kacha Food’ and we need oil to cook Pakka Food. There are a number of restrictions in giving and taking food of different castes.

4. Civil and religious disabilities and privileges of various castes. Different castes have special civil and religious disabilities. In ancient times impure castes were kept out of the limit of the village. There were restrictions on social intercourse with impure castes. They were restricted to go to the temples of higher castes, they were restricted to take water from the wells. They were restricted to read religious books. Children of lower castes were restricted to get education. Higher castes had special privileges over lower castes.

5. Lack of unrestricted choice of occupation. According to the rules of caste system, some castes had traditional occupations. Members of the caste had to adopt the traditional occupation. But some occupations like trade, agriculture, job etc. were free to be done by anyone. But still with that a number of castes had definite occupations like carpenter, blacksmith, potter etc.

6. Restrictions on marriage. Castes were again divided into sub-castes. These sub-castes were restricting its members to marry out of their group. The characteristic of caste is that it is an endogamous group. Person has to marry in his own sub-caste. If any one was breaking this rule then he was generally thrown out of his caste.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Question 5.
Give features of Caste System.
Or
Write a detailed note on the main characteristics of caste system.
Or
Explain the characteristics of caste.
Answer:
Caste is a group whose membership is based on birth. Person cannot leave his caste until he is not thrown out of his caste. Caste is a closed group. It means no one can marry out of his caste and there are restrictions on living in it. Caste system has certain characteristics which are given below:

1. Membership is based on birth. Membership of caste is based upon birth and no one can fix his caste with his own wish. One cannot change his caste even if he has the ability to do so. Is this way membership of caste is based upon birth, not on the ability of an individual.

2. Restrictions on social relations. In earlier times, whole of the society was divided into different castes and their status was pre-determined. There were a number of restrictions regarding keeping relations with other castes. People of upper castes were keeping relations only with upper castes. They were not allowed to keep relations with lower castes.

3. Restrictions on Eatables. Few clear rules are there in the caste system which tells that with which caste one has to keep feeding relations or not. Whole of the food was divided into two categories and these were Kachha food and Pakka food. Water was used to make Kachha Food and oil was used to cook Pakka food. There was a general rule that one never eats the Kachha food unless it is made by the member of his own caste or the food must be made by the Brahmin or his Guru. That’s why most of the castes accepted the food given by Brahmins. But Brahmins never accepted Kachha food made by any one of the other caste. Pakka food was accepted only by a specific caste. In this way restriction on feeding was one of the major features of caste system.

4. Restriction on occupation. According to the rules of caste system, castes had their specific traditional occupations. Person had to adopt the occupation of his own caste even if the other occupations were more profitable. Man had no choice except adopting his caste’s occupation. But some occupations were free to be adopted by any one like trade, agriculture, job in military etc. Even many castes were free to adopt any occupation but many castes used to do their traditional functions like carpenter, blacksmith, barber, potter etc. Main function of Brahmins was to give education and to perform religious rites, function of Kshatriya was to protect the country, function of Vaishyas was to do agriculture and trade and lower castes used to serve the higher castes. They had to perform their traditional functions.

5. Restrictions on marriage. Caste system was again divided and different
castes were divided into sub castes. These sub castes used to restrict their members to marry out of their group. Endogamy is the important feature of caste system. It means to marry in the group. Yet in some specific .conditions, there were some relaxations. But generally they had to marry in their own caste. If anyone was breaking this rule then he was generally thrown out of his caste and was restricted to enter any other caste. In this way everyone used to marry in his own caste or sub-caste. ”

6. Segmental division of society. Hindu society was divided into many parts by caste system and the status, place and function of every part were determined by it. That is why members had some consciousness of being members of a group and used to think themselves as the unavoidable and unbreakable part of the group. Because of this segmental division of society the area of interaction for a person was generally restricted to his own caste. Panchayat was free to give punishment to the person who will break the rules of caste. Different castes had different traditions and ways of living. People of one caste were generally interacting with the persons of their own caste.

7. Restrictions related with caste. Restrictions related with caste are given below:

  • Person had to adopt the occupation of his own caste.
  • He had to obey the restrictions related to feeding.
  • He had to marry in his own caste.
  • Lower castes were forbidden to get education and to enter the temple.
  • Lower castes were also restricted to touch anyone and to take water from the wells.

9. Each caste consists of many sub-castes. In India, there are about 3000 castes. Again every caste is divided further into many sub-castes. Persons have to work according to these sub-castes. Every person has to marry in his own sub-caste.

10. Endogamy. There were strict restrictions related to marriage. A person was not allowed to marry out of his caste but he had to marry in his own sub-caste. If anyone was breaking this rule then he was generally thrown out of his caste. Anulom marriage was also allowed to a certain extent. That is why boy of higher caste used to marry girl of lower caste. So endogamy was the main base of caste system. Even after doing different functions different castes were dependent upon each other because the occupation of every caste was definite. Members of every caste were dependent upon the members of other castes to fulfil their needs. From economic point of view, position of higher castes was better and lower castes were very much suppressed by high castes. That is why their economic condition was not good.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Question 6.
What are the merits and demerits of caste system?
Or
Write a note on advantages and disadvantages of caste system.
Or
Discuss merits and demerits of caste system.
Answer:
Caste is that’group in itself which has played an important role in the Hindu society and in India. The functions which caste system has done for Indian society, all the other social organizations are jointly unable to do that much work for Indian Society. In this way we can see that caste system has many merits and advantages. But with these advantages there are certain disadvantages also of caste system. All these advantages and disadvantages are’ given below

Merits or Advantages of Caste System:

1. It gives Social Security. The biggest advantage of caste is that it provides social security to its members. Members of one caste are always ready to give help to other members of the caste. That is why there is no need to worry to’ anyone because he knows that if any problem comes on him then his caste will definitely give him help. Caste system determines social status of man and reduces the possibility of competition.

2. Fixation of Occupation. Another characteristic of caste system is that it determines the occupation or function for the person. This occupation is according to his family and is transmitted from one generation to another generation. Occupational qualities come automatically in the child of the family. In this way specialization comes in the person without any formal education. Except this it also reduces the competition of occupation in society and provides economic security. In this way it is an important advantage of caste system,

3. Purity of Blood. Caste System is an endogamous group. The meaning of endogamy is that man has to marry in his own caste and if any one was trying to break this rule then he was forced to leave the caste. Advantage of this thing is that it stops the blood of other castes to come in their caste and it maintains the purity of blood. In this way its advantage is that it helps in maintaining purity of blood.

4. Division of Labour. Another important advantage of caste system is that it produces feeling of love and dedication among humans towards their duties. Humans with lower duties were doing their functions properly. Caste system fills one feeling within its members that every person has got his function according to the deeds of his previous birth and if he does good deeds in this birth then he will get next birth in higher caste. It reduced the sense of hatred towards their functions and toward others. With this people did their functions properly. Caste system has divided the society in four varnas. Everyone knows about its functions properly. All of them do their functions properly and transmit their trade secrets to their next generations. In this stability is maintained in the society towards their functions and it helps in increasing division of labour and specialisation.

5. To make Rules of Education. Another important merit of caste system is that it has made definite rules regarding getting education and has made religion as the base of education. Education helps the person in learning self control, knowledge about occupation and to live in discipline. Education also gives knowledge about daily routine and occupation. Caste system determines that who will get education and which rule he has to obey. In this way caste system arranges the education for person according to the social status of his caste.

6. It maintains Social Unity. Another merit of caste system was that it kept the Indian society in unity. Caste system has divided the whole society in four parts and has given different functions to different parts. The way in which everyone has different functions in division of labour, in that same way caste system has produced division of labour in society. These different parts do different functions but help each other and fulfill each other’s needs. In this way .even after this division, they are tied in the thread of unity.

7. It gives Mental Security. The caste gives mental security to its members.
From the rules of caste, every person comes to know that which occupation he has to adopt, in which group he has to marry and perform religious customs and with which groups he has to establish social relations. In this way when a person is free from these burdens then he feels secured himself mentally.

8. Carrier of Culture. Caste system is the carrier of culture. Caste system helps in transmitting culture of one caste from one generation to another generation. Every caste has some rules related to eating, money, wearing, relations etc. and these rules are transmitted to another generation by caste system so that it can be preserved. In this way caste system regulates the social behaviour according to cultural rules.

9. Co-operation in Society. Caste system has established such a system in a society that people from different background are working with each other for the welfare of the society. With the help of caste system even foreigners were mixed in Hindu Society. So it increases co-operation in society.

10. Security of Hindu Society. Many foreign invaders had invaded India. First of all tribes of Central Asia, then Muslims, Mughals, Britishers came to India and ruled over it. If caste system would not have been there then Hindu society might have mixed in any one of these societies. But caste system has prevented this. Caste system is an endogamous system in which marriage out of its caste is restricted and a number of restrictions were there regarding feeding and social intercourse. That is why there were very less relations of Hindu society with foreigners and they were saved from mixing in them. In this way caste system has saved the Hindu society.

Demerits or Disadvantages of Caste System:

Yet a number of merits exist of the caste system and it has played an important role in keeping social unity but still it has produced a number of problems and evils in society which are given below:
1. Low Status of Women. The main reason of low status of women is caste
system. Because of controls of caste system, the position of Hindu women was not more than a maid in the family. Because caste is an endogamous group, that is why to find a match for their children in their own caste, they advocated the child marriage. It has resulted in polygamy. Kuleen Vivaha has also produced many evils, in society like polygamy, dowry system. Females used to work only in the house. The^ had no rights. In this way the main reason behind all the problems of women? vias caste system. Even it has not given the permission of widow remarriage ancFfemale was a server for the family only. .

2. Untouchability. Problem of untouchability came into being because 6f division of society by caste system. A big portion of total population was made untouchable and they were generally disgraced by the higher castes because their function was known as non-sacred. Their position was even less than servants. They were restricted in many ways. They were not allowed to take part in economic sector. In this way a large portion of population was just like a burden on society. That is why poverty came in society. It produced the sense of hatred in society and the problem of casteism came into being.

3. Casteism. With caste system, our thinking has been shrinked. Too much dependence upon caste related to marriage, occupation, social relations etc. increased the sense of casteism among people. It has increased th’e sense of prestige and hatred among people. It has increased the social and physical farness among the people. Because of this we have to face the problem of casteism. People only think about their caste.

4. Cultural Conflict. There are many restrictions in the relations of different castes and because of this every caste is a closed group which has ita own ways of living. This differentiation has given birth to cultural conflict. Different pastes have been divided in different cultural groups. We can see a number of conflicts in these groups. Higher castes think that their culture is superior and that is why they keep themselves away from other castes.

5. It Stops Social Mobility. Distribution of status in caste system depends upon birth. No one can change this with his ability. Every member knows that he cannot change or improve his position. This system never motivates to do hard work because person knows that he cannot change his position even with hard work. It is an obstacle in economic progress. People cannot invent anything even if they have ability to do so because people have to adopt their traditional occupation. Many occupations are running at very less pace because of caste system.

6. It Stops Efficiency Among Persons. The main reason of people lacking in efficiency is that they are under the control of caste and caste system. All the members of all the castes are not working by coordinating with each other instead they try to create obstacles in the way of other caste. Their occupation is hereditary and even if they don’t have any ability to do that work, they have to adopt their ancestral occupation. It reduces efficiency in persons.

7. Caste System and Democracy. Caste system is against the modern democratic system. Equality, freedom and social consciousness are the three bases of democracy but caste system is against these three bases. It is based upon inequality. Caste orders the person to live according to the life of caste which is totally against the democratic rules. Lower castes were restricted in many ways and they were unable to use their ability.

8. Hindrance to Social Unity. Caste system has divided our society in different segments and a system of hierarchy exists in these segments. There was strict restriction in establishing social contacts with other castes. Concept of sacred and non-sacredness exist in it. Person from higher caste was restricted to keep contacts with the persons of lower castes. In this way person has to keep contacts with the members of his own caste. Members of one caste were helping each other. In this way their mutual relations were of hatred. Caste system has divided the whole Indian society. It has increased dangers to national security. In this way the relations among people were of hatred and conflict. So caste system is not in favour of national unity. This is the main disadvantage of caste system.

9. Hindrance to Individual Personality. Caste system has produced obstacles in the development of individual. Sometimes people were not interested in their traditional occupation but they were forced to do so. This situation increases the mental tension. Individual have many traits but he cannot show his traits and caste becomes an obstacle in this. Children of one parents don’t have same capabilities but still they have to adopt their traditional occupation. In this way it hinders the individual personality. ”
In short we can say that caste system has produced relations of hatred among members of different castes. So it is necessary to remove these problems so that our country should be able to develop like Western Countries.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Important Questions Chapter 4 Caste Inequalities

Question 7.
Why are changes coming in Caste System?
Or
Is Caste System changing into Class System? What are the factors responsible for the change?
Answer:
Yes, Caste system changes into Class system. Like all other institutions, a number of changes are coming in caste system. Actually caste system was not there in Vedic age but caste system came into being because of division of labour. Slowly and slowly it was extended in such a way that different castes were gone far away from each other. Many invaders invaded India and caste system put restrictions on its members on social intercourse with foreigners with which caste system became more strict. With this caste became a closed group. After 19th century a number of changes came in Indian society and these changes have affected a lot the caste system and with which its effect has been reduced. These changes did not come at once. Many reasons have contributed towards changes which are given below:

1. Socio-Religious Reforms Movements. Even before the advent of British empire many religious movements had criticised the caste system. Buddhism, Jainism, Islam and Sikhism had criticised caste system. Gautam Buddha had criticised caste system 2500 years back. Except this Islam and later on Sikhism also criticised caste system. In 19th century many social reformers had started movements against this. Some of these movements were Brahmo Samaj by Raja Ram Mohan Roy, Arya Samaj by Dayanand Saraswati, Rama Krishna Mission etc. were important. Except these Jyoti Ba Phule established Satya Shodhan Samaj in 1873 whose main aim was to provide equality to every person. Mahatma Gandhi and B.R. Ambedkar also criticised the caste system.

2. Efforts of Indian Government. Under the British empire and after independence many important laws were passed by government which contributed towards weakening of caste system. Caste and rural panchayats were very powerful before British rule. These panchayats had the rights to give punishment to criminals. During British empire One Law i.e. ‘Caste Disabilities Removal Act, 1850’ was passed which has weakened the Caste Panchayats. In this way ‘Special Marriage Act, 1872’ gave approval to the marriage of different castes. After independence a number of laws like Untouchability Offences Act, 1955 and Hindu Marriage Act, 1955 also weakened the caste system. In 1949 Hindu Marriage Validation Act was passed in which legal sanction was given to inter-caste marriage.

3. Contribution of the Britishers. A comprehensive opposition against caste system was started during the British reign. The British had applied the rule of equality in front of_ law. Rights from caste based Panchayats were taken back. Educational system of the British was secular. Government jobs were open to everyone. The British started modern industries, rails, buses etc. which was a strong slap on the face of caste system. All the people jointly worked in the industries and travelled in rails and buses with each other which resulted in the establishment of contacts between different castes.

4. Industrialization. Industrialization played an important role in bringing change in caste system. It increased the importance of ability of the person. Importance of materialism has also been increased. People came out of their houses to go to job. Everyone started to work in industries. In industries no one asks for anyone’s caste but they look to each other’s abilities. Lower castes have also got higher status with their hard work.

5. Modern Education. Modern education has also put a great effect on caste system. In ancient Hindu Society, education was confined only for higher castes and education was also based upon religion. But with the advent of Britishers, a rule of equality was started by Britishers. Then educational institutions were opened for everyone. Western Education was started instead of religious education. Boys and girls both started to get education. In this way modern educational system started to give importance to individual’s abilities instead of any one’s caste. With this inter-caste relations started to establish. After independence Indian Constitution also started to apply democratic values which was a great setback to caste system.

6. Urbanization. Urbanization was also developed with industrialization because people came out of their house for work. Urban features like more density of population, individual’s feelings, social mobility, more occupations etc. have weakened the caste system. People live with each other in big cities. Feeling of assimilation of higher and lower caste was increased. The individual abilities started to control the society. Man has to achieve status in society. Difference on the basis of gender in cities was decreased. Males and females started to work together. In this way females came out of the four walls of houses and started to work in offices. They became economically independent. Urbanization has increased the mutual contacts between different castes which resulted in exogamy instead of endogamy.

7. Importance of Money. Caste System started to weaken due to an increase in materialistic approach of the people. People get status due to money in society. Every one gives respect to rich persons irrespective of his caste. In Modem Society person works only for the sake of his profit. Every one tries to earn more and more money. It increases the importance of individuals’ abilities. In this way the importance of money has been increased and the importance of caste system has been reduced.

8. Formation of New Social Groups. People doing different jobs have made their new groups like Trade Unions. People from different castes and groups are included in these groups and their aim is to protect their interests. With this people of different castes come-closer to each other and start to co-operate with others. With this class consciousness comes into being instead of caste consciousness.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 10 Social Problems: Alcoholism and Drug Addiction

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class Sociology Book Solutions Chapter 10 Social Problems: Alcoholism and Drug Addiction Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 Sociology Chapter 10 Social Problems: Alcoholism and Drug Addiction

Sociology Guide for Class 12 PSEB Social Problems: Alcoholism and Drug Addiction Textbook Questions and Answers

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Rapid industrialization has led to an increase in environmental pollution such as?
(a) Degradation and desertification of land
(b) Nepotism
(c) Overpopulation
(d) Caste system
Answer:
(a) Degradation and desertification of land

2. Which of the following is not a stage of alcoholism?
(a) Prodigal phase
(b) Crucial phase
(c) Chronic phase
(d) Frequent phase
Answer:
(b) Crucial phase

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 10 Social Problems: Alcoholism and Drug Addiction

3. Which one of the following is not the classification of drinkers?
(a) Rare users
(b) Light drinkers
(c) Hyper users
(d) None
Answer:
(c) Hyper users

4. Alcoholism is associated with what kind of problems?
(a) Social problem
(b) Economic problem
(c) Health problem
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

5. The most widely known stimulants are
(a) Tablets
(b) Amphetamines
(c) LSD
(d) Heroine
Answer:
(b) Amphetamines

6. Tabacco is responsible for about 30% of all
(a) Cancer deaths
(b) AIDS
(c) Dengue
(d) Diabetes
Answer:
(a) Cancer deaths

7. What occurs when acceptable social standards of its use are violated, resulting in adverse physiological, psychological, and social consequences.
(a) Drug abuse
(b) Obesity
(c) Food adulterants
(d) Conflict in values
Answer:
(d) Conflict in values

Fill in the Blanks:

1. …………….. and ………………… are problems associated with increasing political corruption among leaders.
Answer:
Red tapism, Nepotism

2. The problem of untouchability in India is due to the ………………… system.
Answer:
Caste

3. When a person starts drinking even in the morning, he is said to be entered in the …………… phase.
Answer:
Chronic

4. ……………… is a narcotic and leads to nervous degeneration, liver cirrhosis, high blood pressure and a host of other diseases.
Answer:
Sedative

5. …………….. drinkers are those who drink three or four times in a month.
Answer:
Moderate

6. …………… group influence is very powerful in initiating a new person to drug taking habit.
Answer:
Peer

7. The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act was amended in ………………….. to make the legislation still more stringent.
Answer:
1987

8. ………………… abuse leads to a number of short-term and long-term effects that are detrimental to health.
Answer:
Drug

9. Drug use weakens the ……………….. system and makes the individual more vulnerable to acquiring infections:
Answer:
Immune

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 10 Social Problems: Alcoholism and Drug Addiction

True/False:

1. Alcoholism is more treatable than drug addiction.
Answer:
True

2. Social problems are interrelated to each other.
Answer:
True

3. Male child preference and Patriarchal system are social problems related to ecological factor.
Answer:
False

4. Alcoholism does not influence the families and communities.
Answer:
False

5. Men drink because their occupation has completely exchausted them.
Answer:
True

6. Heavy drinkers are the drinkers who drink every day or several drinks during the day.
Answer:
True

7. Teachers cannot play any vital role in the prevention of alcoholism.
Answer:
False

8. Parents are helpless in curbing the problem of drug addiction.
Answer:
True

9. Drug abuse does not influence the families and communities.
Answer:
False

Match the Columns:

Column A Column B
Poverty Ecological or environmental problem
Undesirable condition Socio cultural problem
Male child preference Economic problem
Global warming Factor of female foeticide
State of Alcoholism Who drink once or twice a month
Light drinkers Chronic phase
Underage drinking Increased stress
Cause of Alcoholism Violent crime

Answer:

Column A Column B
Poverty Economic problem
Undesirable condition Violent crime
Male child preference Factor of female foeticide
Global warming Ecological or environmental problem
State of Alcoholism Chronic phase
Light drinkers Who drink once or twice a month
Underage drinking Socio cultural problem
Cause of Alcoholism Increased stress

Very Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
List the factors which are responsible for social problems.
Answer:
Socio-cultural factors, economic factors, political factors, environmental factors etc.

Question 2.
What do you mean by Alcoholism?
Answer:
Alcoholism is a pattern of consuming alcohol which is not only dangerous for himself but for his family as well.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 10 Social Problems: Alcoholism and Drug Addiction

Question 3.
Who are called the light drinkers?
Answer:
Those who drink alcohol once or twice in a month are called light drinkers.

Question 4.
List the stages of Alcoholism.
Answer:
Pre-alcoholic stage, Relief drinking stage, Acute stage and Chronic stage are the stages of alcoholism.

Question 5.
What do you mean by drug?
Answer:
Drug is a chemical substance which exerts profound and different impact on brain and body and which brings changes in one’s physical functions.

Question 6.
What is Drug Addiction?
Answer:
The meaning of drug addiction is physical dependency on any medicine or chemical thing.

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What do you understand by Social Problem?
Or
Define social problems.
Answer:
Social problem is that unnecessary condition which must be changed. Each society goes through a phase of transition which can have constructive or destructive consequences. Destructive consequences bring out many problems which are known as social problems.

Question 2.
Write any two factors related to social problems.
Answer:

  • Socio cultural factors such as untouchability, female foeticide, dowry etc. bring out many social problems.
  • Economic factors such as poverty, unemployment, illiteracy, slums etc. help in the advent of social problems.

Question 3.
Write down three effects of alcohol consumption.
Answer:

  • Consuming alcohol leads to the wastage of money.
  • It has direct effect on health which deteriorates very quickly.
  • It reduces human ability to do work and he comes under mental stress.

Question 4.
What do you mean by chronic phase of alcoholism?
Answer:
In the chronic phase of alcoholism, one starts drinking daily and even many times in a day. He always remains under the influence of alcohol, thinks adversely and is unable to do any work. He always thinks about drinking and becomes restless in the absence of alcohol.

Question 5.
What is Alcohol dependency?
Answer:
When a person starts to consume alcohol daily and is unable to live without it, this is called alcohol dependency. He becomes so depended on alcohol that he is unable to do any work without it. This is known as alcohol dependency.

Question 6.
What do you mean by Alcoholism?
Answer:
Alcoholism is a situation in which one cannot keep control on his alcohol consumption and cannot control it once he start its consumption. To get rid of stress, he tries to find ways of drinking. It increase his level of drinking.

Question 7.
What do you mean by the pre-alcoholic symptomatic phase?
Answer:
At this level, by taking advantage of social restrictions, one starts to consume alcohol to remove his tensions and to ignore one’s personal problems. He relates his consumption with stress relief situation and tries to find chances to drink.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 10 Social Problems: Alcoholism and Drug Addiction

Question 8.
Give the social causes for persons turning to drugs.
Answer:
There are many social causes with which a person turns to drugs such as due to friehds, to go to upper strata of society, for social experience, to oppose social values, to establish new social customs etc.

Question 9.
List the short term effects of drugs on an individual.
Answer:
There are few short term effects of drugs on an individual which are visible for only few minutes after consuming drug. He feels a false sense of well being, a pleasant drowsiness, distorted vision, impaired judgement, bad breath and hangovers.

Question 10.
What is the role of teachers in the prevention of drug abuse?
Answer:
Teachers can play a very important role in the prevention of drug abuse they can talk openly with their students and can keep them busy in constructive work. They can be motivated to adopt good habits.

Question 11.
What do you mean by the term drug addiction?
Answer:
When an individual consumes any medicine or chemical with which his body becomes dependent on that medicine or chemical, this is known as drug addiction. That medicine or chemical directly affects his brain and nervous system.

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Discuss various factors of social problems in India.
Or
Discuss factors of social problems in detail.
Or
Explain two major causes of social problems in India.
Answer:

  • Socio-cultural factors: These factors include untouchability, female foeticide, dowry, domestic violence, violence against women, generation gap.
  • Economic factors: Economic factors include poverty, slums, unemployment, crime, urbanization, industrialization, etc.
  • Regional factor: This factor includes emigration and immigration, change in population structure, population, unemployment, etc.
  • Political factor: This factor includes election-related politics, nepotism, corruption, bribe, communalism, etc.
  • Environmental factor. In this factor, we can take water pollution, air pollution, greenhouse effect, etc.

Question 2.
Write a short note on drugs.
Answer:
Drug is a chemical that exerts deep and different impact on body and mind of an individual. It brings changes in the physical functions of a common man. In medical terms, drug is a substance which a doctor gives to his patient to get him cured. On physical and psychological level, it can be taken as a habit which directly affects the consumer. The usage of more than required quantity of drug is so dangerous that it stimulates an individual against society. Heroin, cocain, L.S.D. alcohol, opium, tobacco etc. are known as drugs.

Question 3.
Discuss in brief the stages of Alcoholism.
Answer:

  • Pre-Alcoholic Stage: At this stage, after taking advantage of social restrictions, an individual starts drinking to remove his stress and to ignore his personal problems.
  • Relief Drinking Stage: At this level, the frequency and quantity of consuming alcohol increases but he himself knows that he is doing wrong.
  • Acute Stage: At this stage, it becomes necessary, for an individual to consume alcohol. He faces social pressure even then he says that he has not lost control of himself.
  • Chronic Stage: At this stage, one drinks for the whole day. He always remains under the influence of liquor and forgets to do his work. He feels uncomfortable in the absence of alcohol.

Question 4.
Discuss the categories of Alcoholism in brief.
Answer:

  • Rare users: Those individuals who consume alcohol once or twice in one V year.
  • Infrequent users: Those individuals who consume alcohol once or twice in two-three months.
  • Light drinkers: Those who consume liquor once or twice in one month are light drinkers.
  • Moderate drinkers: Those who consume three or four times in a month come under this category.
  • Heavy drinkers: One who consumes alcohol daily or many times in a day is a heavy drinker.

Question 5.
Write the harmful effects of Alcoholism.
Answer:

  • There is a wastage of money for the one who consumes liquor.
  • One’s health deteriorates and he suffers from many diseases.
  • The efficiency of work reduces the person who consumes liquor quite frequently.
  • One’s brain goes out of control and one becomes a victim of mental stress.
  • Under the impact of alcohol, people commit many crimes such as murder, rape, theft, etc.
  • It leads to wastage of money which further increases poverty.

Question 6.
Why are young children more prone to alcoholism and drug addiction?
Answer:
It is true that young children are more prone to alcoholism and drug addiction. Sometimes one starts to use drugs due to his friends. His friends force him to use drugs and he becomes addicted to this. Sometimes he wants to use drugs as he observes the same thing in his family. Many individuals want to oppose social values and they start consuming drugs. Young people take education but are unable to get employment of their choice. They become half employed or remain unemployed and move on the path of drug addiction.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 10 Social Problems: Alcoholism and Drug Addiction

Question 7.
Discuss long-term effects of drugs on individuals.
Or
Write the harmful effects of Drug Addiction.
Answer:

  • The drug addict becomes physically and psychologically dependent upon drugs that he needs to do many compromises in life.
  • One who uses drugs gets prone to many diseases such as stomach problems, skin disease, impact on the liver, heart disease, damage to the central nervous system, etc.
  • The immune system of the drug addict becomes so weak that he opens up himself to many new diseases.
  • There is a possibility of suffering from AIDS one who uses drugs. Sometimes under the influence, he makes extramarital relations which can further open up a new disease of AIDS.
  • It has been seen that more usage of drugs leads to the death of the drug addict.

Question 8.
Write in brief the psychological and physiological effects of drug addiction.
Answer:
Psychological Effects. One who uses drugs become so addict that he cannot live without them. He starts feeling that he cannot do anything without drug and he can do a better work once he comes under the effect of drug. Alongwith this, he feels that drug will remove all of his tension and depression. Physical Effects. Drug addiction can have a really bad impact on one’s body. He cannot sleep, his body aches, his sexual wish reaches on top once he comes under their influence, his body becomes so dependent that he cannot do anything without drugs.

Question 9.
What type of special attention should be given to the adolescents to prevent drug addiction?
Answer:
The adolescent stage is that in which a child moves out of family and goes in the hands of society. Here it is necessary for him to move on a right path. If he comes in the wrong hands, he can start consuming drugs and his future life gets destroyed. Under such circumstance, parents need to give special attention to their kids. They need to take care about his peergroup. If any one of his friends is consuming drugs, parents must talk with their kids to leave his friendship. Even parents of drug addict should be informed. Parents must care about eating habits, wearing style, time of sleeping etc. of their kids to save them from moving on the path of drug addiction.

Question 10.
Write the causes of drug addiction.
Or
Write four causes of drug addiction.
Answer:

  • When one wants to reduce his tension, he starts consuming drugs.
  • Sometimes one’s friends force him to consume drugs and consequently, he becomes a drug addict.
  • Sometimes one wants to know about the impact of drugs, so he starts consuming drugs.
  • If there is a family problem and the husband-wife is not on good terms with each other, even then one starts consuming drugs.
  • Sometimes, people observe that their elders are consuming drugs, so, they also start doing the same.

Very Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What do you mean by Alcoholism? Discuss the factors responsible for it in detail.
Or
Describe Alcoholism as a major social problem of Indian society.
Answer:
Alcoholism has been considered as a social and moral problem since last few decades. Even in some states of our country restrictions were placed on alcoholism and a policy of no-alcohol was applied. But the selling of alcohol was not even stopped after the implementation of that policy and that’s why ban or restrictions were lifted after sometime. Some scholars consider it as a deviant behaviour as well as a complex disease. If any person becomes addict to use alcohol then we need a specialized doctor to remove this addiction of alcoholism. Alcoholism can be taken in that form in which person is unable to control himself. If he gets alcohol then he drinks it but if he is unable to get alcohol then he tries to get alcohol in one way or other. Person has to go through a number of mental tensions and he gets relief from every type of tension after the use of alcohol.

But here question arises that what is Alcoholism and who is an alcoholic person. In today’s modern age and in simple words whichever person uses alcohol is known as alcoholic person and the process of drinking alcohol is known as alcoholism. Some scholers says that the use of less amount of alcohol cannot be called as alcoholism. A person, who becomes so addict of using alcohol that he hardly thinks to live without it, can be called as alcoholic person and the person who uses alcohol regularly and in too much quantity, is also known as alcoholic person. In this way the process of using whisky is known as alcoholism.

Alcoholism can also be taken as a long term disease in which an alcoholic person constantly feels its necessity. Person many a times uses it because he gets relief from all of his tensions for sometime after its use. Yet is has been said that there are certain social and psychological reasons of person behind alcoholism. But many persons use this much of alcohol for such a long time that their body cannot do anything without it. Even if he wants to control his use of alcohol then his body has to face many types of problems like non functioning of body parts, too much moist, quick breathing etc. In this way alcoholism becomes a physical and psychological disease. When one person starts to use alcohol in good quantity then it takes the form of personal and_ social problem. His health deteriorates after too much use of alcohol. He is unable to do any type of work without it and it also affects his capacity to do work.

Alcohol cannot be called as stimulant but it acts as a inhibitor on our nervous system. Person who uses alcohol, has very less control on himself and he feels very much relieved from his problems. Many persons use ft just for the sake of fun but sometimes they start to use it daily and in too much quantity which have very wrong effects on him. It not only reduces his ability to do work but it can destroy his family. Some people use it in the form of only for an entertainment or fun but there is always a possibility of becoming an alcoholic.

Factors of Alcoholism. When a person, in alcoholism, becomes an addict of using alcohol then he becomes unable to control himself and to control his wish to drink alcohol. He becomes so much addict to alcohol that his body starts to shiver in its absence. Alcohol becomes a base of his body. He is unable to do any work without alcohol. When he gets alcohol then he works like a normal human being. But here question arises that why he becomes so much addict of alcohol? What are the reasons that he cannot live without alcohol? There is not only one factor of him being dependent upon liquor but there are many reasons which are given below :

1. Occupation. In many cases, occupation becomes a cause of alcoholism. Some people are engaged in such an occupation which is very tiring and they need something to prepare themselves again for work. It not only reduces their tiredness but it also motivates them to do work on the next day. Some people even are engaged in occupations in which it becomes necessary for them to offer whisky to others to keep them happy. That’s why they also start to drink and slowly and slowly becomes addict of drinking alcohol. In this way person has to drink alcohol because of his occupation and he becomes an addict.

2. Bad company. Many people drink whiskey because of the fact that their friends or their company is not good. They become an addict of using drugs, whisky. If he does not drink then his friends force him to drink and even says to him that, “What type of man are you? You are not a man, drinking is the work of men.” In this way due to these things he either leaves his bad company or starts to drink whisky. In this way first of all he starts with little amount of whisky but later on becomes an addict of drinking.

3. Curiosity due to elder members of the family. Generally it has been seen that children start to drink due to curiosity. If elders of the family are used to drinking alcohol then children ask them that what are you drinking?” But they never get answer of that question because elders ask them to go anywhere. So a curiosity arouses in children that what their elders are drinking? If their elders leave little bit of whisky in their respective glasses then they try to taste it. Yet it is sour in taste but curiosity still remains there until they does not start drinking. In this way they also start to drink alcohol. When children find that their father drinks daily then they also want to taste it. Even sometimes father says to his child that drink it and tell what is this? In this way children also start to drink unknowingly.

4. Excessive money. Excessive money can also become a reason of alcoholism.
Today’s age is materialistic age. Everyone wants to earn more and more money and even they use every type of method to earn more money. Even sometimes they have to sit in a company to drink alcohol to earn money. They themselves also have to drink with them. It leads to addiction of drinking alcohol. When person becomes rich then he finds many new ways to spend his money. They start to drink whisky with their friends for the sake of fun but slowly and slowly they become an alcoholic persons and become addict persons. .

5. Mental tension. Every person, in today’s age, is the victim of any type of tension. Someone don’t have the money and he has the tension to run the, house, some one has the money and he has the tension to manage it, someone has the tension of office, someone is sick of poverty, someone has the tension of his owner, boss or wife, someone is tensed due to loss in business and someone is tensed due to competition. In this way every person is the victim of one or another tension. If he drinks whisky then it squeezes his nervous system for some time and person gets relief for some time from his mental tension. He becomes free from all of his tensions under the influence of liquor. Slowly and slowly when he starts feeling that alcohol relieves his tension for sometime then he starts drinking alcohol daily and then becomes an addict of alcohol.

6. Poverty. Poverty is also one of the important reasons of alcoholism. Poor person always lives in a tension to earn more and more money. His family members are more in number but he is the one who alone earns in the family. That’s why the expenditure of the family is more but income is less as compared to expenditure. He is always surrounded by the tension of education of children, their bread, place of living, cloths etc. That’s why he starts drinking alcohol to get relief from his tension. He gets relief for some time when he is under the influence of liquor. In this way slowly and slowly he starts to drink more and more whisky and becomes an addict to alcohol.

7. Personal reasons. Personal reasons are also responsible for alcoholism. Some people have the company of their friends who drink alcohol. First of all they starts drinking alcohol only for taste. But when they become addict of getting taste then they become addict of getting liquor. Some people uses alcohol to reduce their physical sufferings. Loss in business, unsuccessful in love, divorce with the wife, any physical illness can also lead to drinking of alcohol. Many people like to gamble. But when they loose money in gambling then they take the help of alcohol to reduce their tension. People are used to take the help of alcohol if any tension comes to them. In this way there are certain personal reasons which become the factors of using alcohol.

8. Social inadequacy. People also start to use alcohol due to social inadequacy. There are certain deficiencies in the lives of the people which are unable to be fulfilled. Even then are unable to fulfill those deficiencies and also are unable to face the problems come out of those deficiencies. That’s why they start to use alcohol to fulfill those deficiencies and become an addict of alcohol.

9. Family circumstances. Person’s family circumstances also motivates him to use alcohol. Problems are in house, poverty is there in the house, problem is there in mother and wife, wife is always fighting, more expenditure but income is less etc. are certain reasons because of which person starts to use alcohol. Due to all these reasons, he remains in tension and he wants to get relief from the tension. That’s why he starts using’alcohol which gives him relief for some time and later on he becomes an addict of alcohol. %

10. For Fashion. In modern age some people use alcohol just for fashion. Even young people are using alcohol, in modern age, just for fashion. If any young person doesn’t drink in the metropolitan cities then he i^’called as backward. People wants to influence others or they want to show themselves as” modern, cultural and wealthy and that’s why they start using alcohol. Not only boys but girls are also using alcohol. Many clubs, pubs have been opened in metropolitan cities where young generation freely uses alcohol just for the sake of fun and enjoys under the influence of liquor. People going to colleges, offices use to show themselves as people of higher class and becomes an addict of alcohol.

11. Adverse conditions. Many a times any adverse circumstances are coming in front of person when he is unable to understand what is right and what is wrong. Adverse circumstances like any serious problem, poverty, unemployment, unsuccessful in love, unable to get promotion, loss in gambling, problems in family etc. are some of the reasons which increases the tension of a person. He takes the help of whisky to remove tension and starts to use alcohol. Slowly and slowly he becomes an addict of whisky or alcohol.

12. Slums of big cities. There is a very big problem of living in metropolitan cities. The unavailability of good place of living also encourages the state of alcoholism. Atmosphere of slums, which is not even good for living, encourages this evil means alcoholism. When a person feels that he is unable to fulfill his wishes and is suppressing them then he satisfies his wishes by using alcohol.

13. Hereditary usage. Hereditary usage also becomes a cause of problem of alcoholism. Many tribes are used to make country-made liquor. While making this country-made liquor they also have to taste it. In this way children also observe this and start to imitate their elders. They not only learn to make country-made liquor but also start to drink it. In this way it increases the habit of alcoholism.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 10 Social Problems: Alcoholism and Drug Addiction

Question 2.
Write a detailed note on harmful effects of Alcoholism.
Or
Write the harmful effects of Alcoholism.
Answer:
Alcoholism cannot be considered as the right choice from any point of view whether familial, economic, moral or social. Alcoholic person always goes downwards in his life. Except this his family life and social life also comes in danger. Its effects are given below:

1. Alcoholism and personal disorganization. If any person starts using alcohol then it has many personal reasons. For example, if any person is unable to sleep or hardly feels any hunger then he takes some alcohol so that he could be able to sleep or should be hungry and later on he becomes an addict of it. Even he runs behind alcohol and forgets about his right or wrong. Even he hardly cares about his children and family. He starts to spend his income on whisky with which the economic condition of his family deteriorates. Economic tensions always surrounds him. He starts to use more and more drink to remove tension which leads to personal disorganization. More and more tension surrounds him. When he is unable to struggle his tensions then tries to run away from his tensions by using alcohol. His character becomes weak and it increases personal d isorganization. .

2. Alcoholism and Social disorganization. Millions of people are there in our society who drink alcohol due to one or another reason. Alcoholism not only leads to their personal disorganization but it affects their families as well. Families start to disintegrate. Because family is the primary unit of society, so if family will be disintegrated then definitely society will also be affected by this and it will also disintegrate. If the person will not understand his responsibilities then definitely society will disintegrate.

3. Alcoholism and family disorganization. Not only personal disorganization occurs due to alcoholism but families also disintegrates due to his behaviour. When any person starts using alcohol then no one hardly cares about it. That’s why he is motivated to drink more and more liquor. He starts to drink daily. He just cares one thing that he has to drink in the evening and even he only cares about alcohol. He forgets all the other things. Tension comes in family due to his behaviour. Economic problems come due to poverty which lead to conflict, tensions, quarrels in the family. Disintegration comes in the family. Even condition of divorce comes in the family. Even many people commit suicide due to this. In this way family disorganization comes with alcoholism and social disorganization comes due to family disorganization.

4. Less morality. Whenever a person comes to know about good or bad then it has been said that morality has come in it. When person starts to use alcohol then his morality starts to be reduced. He hardly cares about good or bad. Not only alcohol but he starts to use drugs as well. He never likes anything infront of liquor. He wants to get whisky on any condition. That’s why he fights with his family and children and even beats them also. In this way his morality comes to an end then he damn cares about the good or bad.

5. Economic problems. Many people start to drink alcohol to reduce their tension. Generally the tension is of money i.e. less income but more expenditure. He is always under stress of economic tension and he starts using alcohol and further again comes in economic problems. Other problems also come in his life. He starts to sell things of the house and even jewellery of his wife to buy liquor. His wife is earning money by working in the houses of other people but even he snatches that money to drink alcohol. He looks at the faces of others for money. It very much affects his family. In this way the economic life of person is completely destroyed due to alcoholism.

6. Increase in rate of crimes. Economic condition of a person deteriorates due to alcoholism. But he needs money to drink. He starts to sell things of the house in the absence of money. Even if he unables to get money then he starts to commit crimes. His brain hardly works in the absence of whisky and he starts to snatch money and even kills them for this crimes of dacoity, theft, rape etc. are very common. No body cares about morality while doing these things. In this way crime rate also increases due to alcoholism.

7. Effect on health. When person starts to use alcohol then first of all nothing happens to his body. But when he starts to use more alcohol then it starts to affect his body. His body starts to shiver in its absence, it damages his liver and suffers from many problems. His capacity to do work reduces. He unables to do anything without it. If he drinks alcohol then he is able to do any type of work unless his body stops working. In this way alcoholism affects his health. In this way we can see that not only family of the person but society also disintegrates with alcoholism. His morality comes to an end and crime rate increases with this. In this way alcoholism has a very badampact on the person.

Question 3.
Write a detailed note on the stages of Alcoholism.
Answer:
Any person has to go through a number of stages to become an alcoholic person. Jellinak says that any person has to go through seyen stages to become an alcoholic person and these seven stages are given below :

1. Situation of block-outs. In this condition person is unable to find solution of his problems and always remains in tension.

2. Secretely drinking. When the person is unable to find solution of his problems then he starts drinking secretely so that no body should be able to know about his drinking.

3. Increased Tolerance. In this condition he starts drinking even before problem starts and also tolerates the effects of his alcoholism.

4. Lack of control. This is that stage when he starts to drink more and more alcohol and is unable to control his wish of drinking.

5. Finding ways of drinking. In this condition person finding different ways of drinking so that he could be able to drink from time to time.

6. Keeping programmes only of drinking. Alcoholic person keeps only programmes of drinking from time to time and invites his relatives, friends etc. so that he could drink regularly.

7. Starts drinking from morning. At this stage he regularly starts drinking from the morning and depends upon alcohol for every type of function.

In this way person starts drinking when he is unable to solve his problem and with the passage of time, he starts drinking even for the sake of fun only. Slowly and slowly he crosses all the limits of drinking and becomes an alcoholic. Now he doens’t want to find any way to drink alcohol and he starts drinking continuously. He becomes an addict of it and one time comes when he is unable to do anything without the use of alcohol. His body goes out of his control but he comes under the control of alcohol. His body shivers in the absence of alcohol and is unable to do anything in its absence. In this way he becomes an alcoholic.

Actually there are four stages of becoming an alcoholic and these are :

  • Pre-Alcoholic stage: At this level, by taking advantages of social sanctions, one starts drinking to remove tensions and to ignore his personal problems. He relates drinking with relief that after drinking all his tensions come to an end. He then tries to find chances to drink. His drinking continues with his reducing ability of facing the problems.
  • Relief Drinking Stage: At this stage, the quantity and frequency of assuming alcohol increases with time. But at this stage, one starts to realise his mistake that he is becoming an abnormal person.
  • Acute stage: At this stage, drinking becomes a common phenomena for an individual. He starts giving reasons for his drinking and believes that he is having control on himself. But he starts moving away from others because they consider him as an alcoholic.
  • Chronic stagfe: At this stage, one starts drinking during day times. He always remains under the influence of liquor which reduces his level of thinking. He always thinks about drinking and becomes restless with alcohol.

Question 4.
How can school and teachers help in preventing alcoholism?
Answer:
1. School: After family, school is the firs? institution which takes care of a child. School starts exerting impact on raw mind of the child and teaches him to the ways to live in society. School teaches him ways of living life, ways of eating, ways of wearing etc. It is the school which exerts impact on the unconscious mind of a child and tries to make him a good citizen of society.

If school exerts such profounding impact on child, then definitely it can play an important role in keeping him away from alcohol. In school, children can be told about the harmful effects of alcohol. Seminars can be conducted, street dramas can be played to give them the knowledge of negative effects of alcoholism. From time to time, parents are also told about this. In this way, if children will make an opposite view against alcoholism, he will remain away from alcohol and the problem of alcoholism will automatically comes to an end.

2. Teacher: Teachers can play a very important role in keeping children away from alcohol. After parents, teahers, in schools care a lot about their students and that’s why it is their responsibility to show them the right path. Unconscious mind of students is greatly influenced by the teachers. Students are also influenced by their teacher’s personality and they try to mould themselves according to his personality. Here it is the responsibility of teachers that they must not do anything unethical in front of students. Teachers are just like a motivational force for students and that’s why students imitate them. From time to time, teachers can tell them about the demerits of consuming alcohol. Children very quickly follow their teachers. In this way the problem of alcoholism can be reduced.

PSEB 12th Class Sociology Solutions Chapter 10 Social Problems: Alcoholism and Drug Addiction

Question 5.
Write a note on drug abuse in 250 words.
Or
What is drug addiction?
Answer:
A very big controversy has been aroused on the problem of drug addiction in present age. Parents and responsible citizens of the country are now very much conscious about this sub-culture of taking drugs. The habbit of drug addiction can be seen as a deviant behaviour or as a social problem. Meaning of deviant behaviour is the non-conformity with the present situation. As a social problem its meaning is that universal situation which has very evil consequences on society. Drug addiction is seen as a social problem in western countries. Many cultures have a feature of using drugs in one form or the other. The most important method of using drugs is to use opium as a drug. People of reputed families used to use this type of drug during earlier times. But now it is also seen as a problem.

Drug is a chemical thing which exerts different impact on body and brain. It brings change in the physical functions of a common man. Drug, in medical language, is a thing which any cjoctor gives to its patient to cure its disease so that it could directly affects its body. From the psychological and social point of view, drug is seen as a habbit which directly affects brain and there are many chances of misusing it and which has very bad effects on the body.

According to this meaning of drug, use of more than need df the drug is considered as very dangerous that sometimes it stimulates the anti-social elements against the common people. Some drugs exert bad impact on body but on the contrary to that some drugs like Heroin, cocain, L.S.D., whisky or alcohol, tobacco etc. exert evil effects on the body of a person and person becomes addict of these drugs.

Meaning of drug addiction is the complete physical’dependence on any substance. In this way the meaning of addiction or physical dependence is by that situation in which body needs that thing to do work which he uses again and again. If the supply of that substance would be stopped to the body then it will have adverse impact on the process of working of body and the evil effects can be seen on body. Effect of all this is that person or body requires that thing which he uses again and again.
Any person who continuously uses drugs, always increases its dose after the first usage so that the same effect of drug should remain which was exerted at the time of first usage. This process is known as tolerance. It shows the capacity of body towards that external substance.

Psychologically, person depends on drug at that time when he feels that use of drug is good for his body or the effects of that drug are good for his body. Word addict can also be taken as the mental dependence. In this form the meaning of addiction is that the body depends on the drug or on the effects of the drug this much that he cannot do anything without it. In this way the meaning of drug addiction is the physical dependence on drug or by the habit of taking drug.

This effect of drug greatly influences a person that his body hardly responds to anything except that drug. If body receives enough quantity of drug then he will work properly under the effect of that drug. If body will not be able to get enough quantity of drug or even drug then its evil consequences come in front of us. His body hardly works in its absence and he tries to get that drug at any cost and in any condition. In this way drug controls a person in such a way that he wants to remain always under the influence of that drug.

Question 6.
How can the problem of drug abuse be controlled in your view?
Answer:
If we want to control the use of drug or we want to stop the habit of drug addiction then society and the people jointly have to work for it. It is so because any problem cannot be solved with the efforts of one or two persons but a collective effort is required for this. If any one tries to remove it individually then he would be able to solve his personal problem but not of the society. But still some of the ways to remove this problem are given below :

1. By awakening the people. People should be made conscious about this problem of drug addiction. For this government, social service institutions, educational institutions jointly can do a lot. They can tell the people about the disadvantages of drug addiction that how it can affect our family and our life. Seminars can be organised in schools, colleges, universities, hostels, slums etc. regarding this and they can be told about the evil consequences of drug addiction. In this way we can awake the students as well as general public about this problem.

2. By changing attitude of doctors. Doctors can play a very important role in controlling this problem. It has been seen that doctors give any particular drug to cure their patient. But later on patient hardly lives without that drug. In this way, if doctors will change their attitude by not giving drugs to their patients then this problem can be solved very quickly.

3. By giving the knowledge about drug addicts. If someone starts using drugs then there must be any reason behind it. No one can become the victim of any problem without any reason. This problem can be solved if we will come to know about the cause of that problem because of which any drug addict has started using drugs. If we will come to know about those reasons then we can solve those reasons and can solve this problem as well. That’s why this problem could be solved by getting knowledge about drug addicts.

4. Behaviour of parents towards children. It has been seen that the homely, atmosphere is also one of the reasons of drug addiction. Problem between parents, they hardly give any time to their child, non-affectionate behaviour of parents can lead children towards the drug. That’s why parents should change their behaviour towards their children. Parents should take care of everything of their children like their eating habits, company etc. so that the children could not be able to attract towards drugs. Parents should talk with their children about the evil consequences of drug abuse.

5. Strict punishment to drug peddlars. Drug peddlars, who sells drugs to the people, should be given strict punishment because if any one starts to take drugs then its end is death. That’s why they should be given strict punishment and the government should set examples for other people to not to indulge in this type of activity.

6. Teachers can play a very important role in eradicating this problem. Teachers exert a great effect on their students. Teacher gives a direction to the career of the student. Every student obeys the orders of the teachers. Here teachers can play a very important role. It has been seen that children starts using drugs at very early age. Teacher can tell the children about the evil consequences of the rug abuse that how it will affect their lives, career, parents, family and society. In his way students will definitely follow their teachers.

7. Change in Mentality. To eliminate the problem of drug abuse or drug addiction the mentality of the people should necessarily be changed. They should be told about the evil consequences of drugs so that they could stop taking drugs. For this, seminars can be organised, camps can be organized, so that the people could come to know about the evil consequences of drug abuse.

8. Contribution of Social Service Organizations. Social service institutions can also play a very important role in eradicating this problem from the society. They can awake the people, can tell the people about the effects of drug abuse and can organize programmes regarding this. That’s why government can also give them financial assistance. In this way, if people will work together and if the government will try then the problem of drug abuse and drug addiction can be eradicated from our society.

Question 7.
Write a detailed note on factors responsible for drug addiction.
Answer:
Generally, there could be many reasons for drug addiction like company, less control of the family, for the sake of fun, by looking at elders, etc. but some of the important reasons are given as follows:

The habit of drug addiction can be divided into four parts :

  • Psychological causes
  • Social causes
  • Physiological causes
  • Miscellaneous causes

Their description is given below:

1. Psychological Causes:

1. To reduce tension. Some people become addicted to any drug because they want to reduce their tension. These days people have to face a number of problems and tensions. When they are unable to solve their problems then they take the help of drugs to reduce their tensions. In this way they become an addict of these drugs. In this way person starts to take drugs to reduce his tensions but later on he becomes an addict of drugs.

2. To fulfill their curiosity: Some people are curious to know about the effects of taking drugs. In this way first time, they use drug to fulfill their curiosity but slowly and slowly they become addicted of these drugs. In this way curiosity of drugs leads to addiction of drugs.

3. Other causes: Some people are unemployed and they don’t have any work to spend their time on. That’s why they start to use drugs to spend their time but slowly and slowly they become addicted to it. Not only their occupation but people have many other tensions, like his income is less, business is not running in good condition, the behavior of wife is not good, the tension of education of children, work of office or behavior of boss is not good, etc. There can be certain other reasons which can create tension in the person. Tension can not be removed completely but it can be relieved for some time. That’s why he takes the help of alcohol or any other drug to reduce his tension and drugs reduce his tension for some time.

4. To increase self-confidence: Some people also take drugs to increase their self-confidence. For example, if any person is going for an interview and he ht doubt on the fact that he could not be able to give interview properly. That’s why h takes any stimulant to improve his self-confidence. That’s why he starts to take drugs before the start of every type of work and slowly and slowly he becomes an addict to drugs.

2. Social Causes:

1. Because of friends: Many times a person becomes an addict of drugs due to his friends. If his friends are taking drugs then they ask him to take drugs. If he hardly responds to them then they forces him to take drugs. Then he starts to use that drug. Whenever these friends meet each other they use that drug. In this way he becomes an addict of drugs.

2. Family reasons: If any child starts using drug then it is possible that he has any family problem. May be there is some tension between his parents, his parents are unable to give him some time or there is lack of control on him. If any elder one is using drug then it is quite possible that the behaviour of his wife is not good, he has tension of his children or because of any economic reason. In this way family reasons can also lead to drug addiction.

3. After looking at elders: If any child starts taking drugs then it is quite possible that any wish has erosed in him, after looking at his elders, that what is there in that thing. When they observe that his elders are using drug then they observe it very minutely that what are they doing. Later on they also try to do that same thing and becomes an addict of drugs.

4. To oppose social values: Many people even start to use to oppose the existing social values. They are being told to not to do any particular thing. They become angry due to this restriction and start to oppose that thing and start using drugs.

3. Physiological Causes :

1. To awaken. Some people take drugs only to not to sleep or to awaken for a long time. Some people have the occupation which can be done only in the night and they don’t want to sleep. That’s why they taken the help of drugs to keep awaken. Some people have many problems. If they will sleep then those problems will come in the dreams. That’s why they take the help of drugs to not to sleep.

2. To increase sexual experience: Some people like to do more sex. That’s why they want to increase their sexual experience. That’s why they take drugs so that they can get more and more this type of experience.

3. To sleep: Some people have the problem that they are unable to sleep. We can include physical causes and social causes in it. But they need to sleep. That’s why they start to take sleeping pills or any other drug and they start to use drugs.

4. Miscellaneous Causes :

1. To read: Some people also take the help of drugs or any other substance to read. Some people have the problem that they used to sleep while reading. That’s why in the early phase they take any drug so that they could not be able to sleep. That’s why they become addicted to it and they always take drugs before reading.

2. Solving personal problems. Some people are unable to solve their personal problems because of which they start to take drugs and become the victim of another problem In a way, these are some of the reasons why any person starts to use drugs. Yet there are many other reasons for drug addiction which is not possible to explain all of them here.